Document:

EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 

EXECUTION VERSION 
 LAMAR MEDIA
CORP., 
 THE GUARANTORS 

and 
 THE BANK OF NEW
YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee 
 INDENTURE 

Dated as of May 13 , 2020 

4.875% Senior Notes due 2029 
  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 

 

									
	 TIA Section
	 	 	Indenture Section	 
				
		 	 310
	 	(a)(1)	 	 	7.10	 
		 		 	(a)(2)	 	 	7.10	 
	     
	 		 	(a)(3)	 	 	N.A.	 
		 		 	(a)(4)	 	 	N.A.	 
		 		 	(a)(5)	 	 	7.10	 
		 		 	(b)	 	 	7.08; 7.10; 12.02	 
		 		 	(b)(1)	 	 	7.10	 
		 		 	(b)(9)	 	 	7.10	 
		 		 	(c)	 	 	N.A.	 
		 	 311
	 	(a)	 	 	7.11	 
		 		 	(b)	 	 	7.11	 
		 		 	(c)	 	 	N.A.	 
		 	 312
	 	(a)	 	 	2.05	 
		 		 	(b)	 	 	12.03	 
		 		 	(c)	 	 	12.03	 
		 	 313
	 	(a)	 	 	7.06	 
		 		 	(b)(1)	 	 	7.06	 
		 		 	(b)(2)	 	 	7.06	 
		 		 	(c)	 	 	7.06; 12.02	 
		 		 	(d)	 	 	7.06	 
		 	 314
	 	(a)	 	 	4.02; 4.04; 12.02	 
		 		 	(b)	 	 	N.A.	 
		 		 	(c)(1)	 	 	12.04; 12.05	 
		 		 	(c)(2)	 	 	12.04; 12.05	 
		 		 	(c)(3)	 	 	N.A.	 
		 		 	(d)	 	 	N.A.	 
		 		 	(e)	 	 	12.05	 
		 		 	(f)	 	 	N.A.	 
		 	 315
	 	(a)	 	 	7.01; 7.02	 
		 		 	(b)	 	 	7.05; 12.02	 
		 		 	(c)	 	 	7.01	 
		 		 	(d)	 	 	6.05; 7.01; 7.02	 
		 		 	(e)	 	 	6.11	 
		 	 316
	 	(a)(last sentence)	 	 	12.06	 
		 		 	(a)(1)(A)	 	 	6.05	 
		 		 	(a)(1)(B)	 	 	6.04	 
		 		 	(a)(2)	 	 	8.02	 
		 		 	(b)	 	 	6.07	 
		 		 	(c)	 	 	8.04	 
		 	 317
	 	(a)(1)	 	 	6.08	 
		 		 	(a)(2)	 	 	6.09	 
		 		 	(b)	 	 	2.04; 7.12	 
		 	 318
	 	(a)	 	 	12.01	 

 N.A. means Not Applicable 

NOTE: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	    	 	  	Page	 
		
	 ARTICLE 1.
	  			
		
	 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  			
			
	 Section 1.01
	    	Definitions	  	 	1	 
	 Section 1.02
	    	Other Definitions	  	 	17	 
	 Section 1.03
	    	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	 	18	 
	 Section 1.04
	    	Rules of Construction	  	 	18	 
		
	 ARTICLE 2.
	  			
		
	 THE NOTES
	  			
			
	 Section 2.01
	    	Form and Dating	  	 	19	 
	 Section 2.02
	    	Execution and Authentication	  	 	19	 
	 Section 2.03
	    	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	20	 
	 Section 2.04
	    	Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust	  	 	21	 
	 Section 2.05
	    	Noteholder Lists	  	 	21	 
	 Section 2.06
	    	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	21	 
	 Section 2.07
	    	Replacement Notes	  	 	22	 
	 Section 2.08
	    	Outstanding Notes	  	 	22	 
	 Section 2.09
	    	Temporary Notes	  	 	23	 
	 Section 2.10
	    	Cancellation	  	 	23	 
	 Section 2.11
	    	Defaulted Interest	  	 	23	 
	 Section 2.12
	    	Deposit of Moneys	  	 	23	 
	 Section 2.13
	    	CUSIP Number	  	 	23	 
	 Section 2.14
	    	Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes	  	 	24	 
	 Section 2.15
	    	Special Transfer Provisions	  	 	25	 
		
	 ARTICLE 3.
	  			
		
	 REDEMPTION
	  			
			
	 Section 3.01
	    	Notices to Trustee	  	 	27	 
	 Section 3.02
	    	Selection by Trustee of Notes To Be Redeemed	  	 	27	 
	 Section 3.03
	    	Notice of Redemption	  	 	27	 
	 Section 3.04
	    	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	28	 
	 Section 3.05
	    	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	 	28	 
	 Section 3.06
	    	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	 	28	 
		
	 ARTICLE 4.
	  			
		
	 COVENANTS
	  			
			
	 Section 4.01
	    	Payment of Notes	  	 	29	 
	 Section 4.02
	    	Reports to Holders	  	 	29	 
	 Section 4.03
	    	Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws	  	 	29	 
	 Section 4.04
	    	Compliance Certificate	  	 	29	 
	 Section 4.05
	    	[Intentionally Omitted]	  	 	30	 
	 Section 4.06
	    	Maintenance of Properties and Insurance	  	 	30	 
	 Section 4.07
	    	Compliance with Laws	  	 	30	 
	 Section 4.08
	    	Corporate Existence	  	 	31	 

  
 -i- 

							
	 	    	 	  	Page	 
			
	 Section 4.09
	    	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	31	 
	 Section 4.10
	    	 Limitation on Additional Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries
	  	 	31	 
	 Section 4.11
	    	 Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  	 	32	 
	 Section 4.12
	    	 Limitation on Layering
	  	 	34	 
	 Section 4.13
	    	 Limitation on Certain Asset Sales
	  	 	34	 
	 Section 4.14
	    	 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates
	  	 	37	 
	 Section 4.15
	    	 Limitation on Liens
	  	 	37	 
	 Section 4.16
	    	 Limitation on Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
	  	 	38	 
	 Section 4.17
	    	 Limitation on Guarantees of Certain Indebtedness
	  	 	38	 
	 Section 4.18
	    	 Payments for Consent
	  	 	38	 
	 Section 4.19
	    	 Change of Control
	  	 	39	 
	 Section 4.20
	    	 Effectiveness of Covenants
	  	 	40	 
		
	 ARTICLE 5.
	  			
		
	 SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
	  			
			
	 Section 5.01
	    	 Limitation on Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets
	  	 	41	 
	 Section 5.02
	    	 Successor Person Substituted
	  	 	41	 
		
	 ARTICLE 6.
	  			
		
	 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	  			
			
	 Section 6.01
	    	 Events of Default
	  	 	42	 
	 Section 6.02
	    	 Acceleration
	  	 	43	 
	 Section 6.03
	    	 Other Remedies
	  	 	43	 
	 Section 6.04
	    	 Waiver of Past Defaults and Events of Default
	  	 	43	 
	 Section 6.05
	    	 Control by Majority
	  	 	44	 
	 Section 6.06
	    	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	44	 
	 Section 6.07
	    	 Rights of Holders To Receive Payment
	  	 	44	 
	 Section 6.08
	    	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	44	 
	 Section 6.09
	    	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	45	 
	 Section 6.10
	    	 Priorities
	  	 	45	 
	 Section 6.11
	    	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	45	 
		
	 ARTICLE 7.
	  			
		
	 TRUSTEE
	  			
			
	 Section 7.01
	    	 Duties of Trustee
	  	 	46	 
	 Section 7.02
	    	 Rights of Trustee
	  	 	46	 
	 Section 7.03
	    	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	 	48	 
	 Section 7.04
	    	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	48	 
	 Section 7.05
	    	 Notice of Default
	  	 	48	 
	 Section 7.06
	    	 Reports by Trustee to Holders
	  	 	48	 
	 Section 7.07
	    	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	48	 
	 Section 7.08
	    	 Replacement of Trustee
	  	 	49	 
	 Section 7.09
	    	 Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger or Conversion
	  	 	49	 
	 Section 7.10
	    	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	 	50	 
	 Section 7.11
	    	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
	  	 	50	 
	 Section 7.12
	    	 Paying Agents
	  	 	50	 

  
 -ii- 

							
	 	    	 	  	Page	 
		
	 ARTICLE 8.
	  			
		
	 AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
	  			
			
	 Section 8.01
	    	 Without Consent of Holders
	  	 	50	 
	 Section 8.02
	    	 With Consent of Holders
	  	 	51	 
	 Section 8.03
	    	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	52	 
	 Section 8.04
	    	 Revocation and Effect of Consents
	  	 	52	 
	 Section 8.05
	    	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	52	 
	 Section 8.06
	    	 Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.
	  	 	52	 
	 ARTICLE 9.
	  			
		
	 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
	  			
			
	 Section 9.01
	    	 Discharge of Indenture
	  	 	53	 
	 Section 9.02
	    	 Legal Defeasance
	  	 	54	 
	 Section 9.03
	    	 Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	54	 
	 Section 9.04
	    	 Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	54	 
	 Section 9.05
	    	 Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions
	  	 	55	 
	 Section 9.06
	    	 Reinstatement
	  	 	56	 
	 Section 9.07
	    	 Moneys Held by Paying Agent
	  	 	56	 
	 Section 9.08
	    	 Moneys Held by Trustee
	  	 	56	 
	 ARTICLE 10.
	  			
		
	 GUARANTEE OF NOTES
	  			
			
	 Section 10.01
	    	 Guarantee
	  	 	57	 
	 Section 10.02
	    	 Execution and Delivery of Guarantees
	  	 	57	 
	 Section 10.03
	    	 Limitation of Guarantee
	  	 	58	 
	 Section 10.04
	    	 Additional Guarantors
	  	 	58	 
	 Section 10.05
	    	 Release of Guarantor
	  	 	58	 
	 Section 10.06
	    	 [Reserved]
	  	 	58	 
	 Section 10.07
	    	 [Reserved]
	  	 	58	 
	 Section 10.08
	    	 [Reserved]
	  	 	58	 
	 Section 10.09
	    	 [Reserved]
	  	 	58	 
	 Section 10.10
	    	 [Reserved]
	  	 	58	 
	 Section 10.11
	    	 Contribution
	  	 	58	 
	 ARTICLE 11.
	  			
		
	 [RESERVED].
	  			
		
	 ARTICLE 12.
	  			
		
	 MISCELLANEOUS
	  			
			
	 Section 12.01
	    	 Trust Indenture Act Controls
	  	 	59	 
	 Section 12.02
	    	 Notices
	  	 	59	 
	 Section 12.03
	    	 Communications by Holders with Other Holders
	  	 	60	 
	 Section 12.04
	    	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	 	60	 
	 Section 12.05
	    	 Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion
	  	 	60	 

  
 -iii- 

							
	 	    	 	  	Page	 
			
	 Section 12.06
	    	 When Treasury Notes Disregarded
	  	 	61	 
	 Section 12.07
	    	 Rules by Trustee and Agents
	  	 	61	 
	 Section 12.08
	    	 Business Days; Legal Holidays
	  	 	61	 
	 Section 12.09
	    	 Governing Law; Submission of Jurisdiction
	  	 	61	 
	 Section 12.10
	    	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	 	61	 
	 Section 12.11
	    	 No Recourse Against Others
	  	 	61	 
	 Section 12.12
	    	 Successors
	  	 	61	 
	 Section 12.13
	    	 Multiple Counterparts
	  	 	62	 
	 Section 12.14
	    	 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	  	 	62	 
	 Section 12.15
	    	 Separability
	  	 	62	 
	 Section 12.16
	    	 Rights as Set Forth Herein
	  	 	62	 
	 Section 12.17
	    	 Waiver of Jury Trial
	  	 	62	 
	 Section 12.18
	    	 Taxes
	  	 	62	 
			
	 EXHIBITS
	    		  			
			
	 Exhibit A     -
	    	 Form of Face and Reverse of Initial Note
	  	 	A-1	 
	 Exhibit B     -
	    	 Form of Face and Reverse of Exchange Note
	  	 	B-1	 
	 Exhibit C     -
	    	 Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to
Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors
	  	 	C-1	 
	 Exhibit D     -
	    	 Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to
Rule 144A
	  	 	D-1	 
	 Exhibit E     -
	    	 Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to
Regulation S
	  	 	E-1	 

  

  
 -iv- 

 INDENTURE, dated as of May 13, 2020, among LAMAR MEDIA CORP., a Delaware corporation,
as Issuer (the “Company”), the GUARANTORS (as hereinafter defined), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee (the “Trustee”). 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of (i) the
Company’s 4.875% Senior Notes due 2029, issued on the date hereof (the “Initial Notes”), (ii) when and if issued, an unlimited principal amount of Additional Notes, and (iii) when and if issued pursuant to a
registered exchange for Notes, the Company’s 4.875% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Exchange Notes”): 
 ARTICLE 1.

 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 

Section 1.01    Definitions. 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person (including an Unrestricted Subsidiary) existing at the time such
Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person. 
 “Additional
Notes” means an unlimited principal amount of Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.10 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes. 

“Adjusted Net Assets” of a Guarantor at any date means the lesser of (x) the amount by which the fair value of the
property of such Guarantor exceeds the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities), but excluding liabilities under the Guarantee of such
Guarantor at such date and (y) the amount by which the present fair salable value of the assets of such Guarantor at such date exceeds the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Guarantor on its debts (after giving
effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities and after giving effect to any collection from any Subsidiary of such Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such Subsidiary under the Guarantee), excluding Indebtedness in respect of the
Guarantee, as they become absolute and matured. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person which
directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the
terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management
or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. 
 “Agent” means
any Registrar, Paying Agent, co-registrar or agent for service of notices and demands. 

“Asset Acquisition” means (i) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to
which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be consolidated or merged with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of assets of any Person. 

“Asset Sale” means the sale, transfer or other disposition (other than to the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries)
in any single transaction or series of related transactions having a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) in excess of $15.0 million of (a) any Capital Stock of or other equity interest in any Restricted
Subsidiary, (b) all or substantially all of the assets of any business owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or a division, line of business or comparable business segment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof or
(c) any other assets or property of the Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary (whether real or personal property). For purposes of this definition, the term Asset Sale shall not include any sale, transfer or other disposition that is
(i) governed by and made in accordance with Section 5.01, (ii) to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, (iii) involving obsolete, worn-out, excess or redundant
equipment, or (iv) involving Securitization Assets pursuant to a Permitted Securitization Financing. 

  
 -1- 

 “Asset Sale Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, (i) cash
received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from such Asset Sale (including cash received as consideration for the assumption of liabilities incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Sale), after (a) provision for
all income or other taxes measured by or resulting from such Asset Sale, (b) payment of all brokerage commissions, underwriting and other fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’
fees and expenses), and (c) deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets sold or disposed of in such Asset
Sale and retained by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any
indemnification obligations associated with the assets sold or disposed of in such Asset Sale, and (ii) promissory notes and other noncash consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from such Asset Sale or other
disposition upon the liquidation or conversion of such notes or noncash consideration into cash. 
 “Available Asset Sale
Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the aggregate Asset Sale Proceeds from such Asset Sale that have not been applied in accordance with clauses (iii)(a) or (iii)(b) of Section 4.13(a), and which have not been the basis
for an Excess Proceeds Offer in accordance with clause (iii)(c) of such Section 4.13(a). 
 “Average Life to Stated
Maturity” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, as at any date of determination, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (a) the number of years (or any fraction thereof) from such date to the date or
dates of each successive scheduled principal payment (including, without limitation, any sinking fund requirements) of such Indebtedness multiplied by (b) the amount of each such principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal
payments. 
 “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company or a Guarantor, as appropriate, or any
committee authorized to act therefor. 
 “Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified pursuant to an
Officers’ Certificate to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company or a Guarantor, as appropriate, and to be in full force and effect, and delivered to the Trustee. 

“Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares or other equivalents (however designated) of capital
stock, partnership interests or any other participation, right or other interest in the nature of an equity interest in such Person or any option, warrant or other security convertible into any of the foregoing. 

“Capitalized Lease Obligations” means Indebtedness represented by obligations under a lease that is required to be
capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) any “person” or “group”
(as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), excluding Permitted Holders, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is
exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time, upon the happening of an event or otherwise), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting power with respect to the total Voting Stock of Parent; provided,
however, that the Permitted Holders (i) “beneficially own” (as so defined) a lower percentage of such total voting power with respect to the Voting Stock than such other “person” or “group” and (ii) do not
have the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election a majority of the Board of Directors of Parent; (b) the Company or Parent consolidates with, or merges with or into, another Person or sells,
assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its assets to any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company or Parent, as the case may be, in any such event pursuant to a
transaction in which the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company or Parent, as the case may be, is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where (i) the outstanding Voting Stock of the
Company or Parent, as the case may be, is converted into or exchanged for (1) Voting Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of the surviving or transferee corporation or (2) cash, securities and

  
 -2- 

 
other property in an amount which could then be paid by the Company or Parent, as the case may be, as a Restricted Payment under this Indenture, or a combination thereof, and
(ii) immediately after such transaction no “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), excluding Permitted Holders, is the “beneficial owner” (as defined in
Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a person shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person has the
right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time, upon the happening of an event or otherwise), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power with respect to the total Voting
Stock of the surviving or transferee corporation; (c) at any time during any consecutive two-year period, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of Parent
(together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of Parent was approved by a vote of at least 66-2/3% of the directors then still
in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of Parent then in office;
(d) the Company is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation; or (e) at any time, the Company ceases to be a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent. 

“Common Stock” of any Person means all Capital Stock of such Person that is generally entitled to (i) vote in the
election of directors of such Person or (ii) if such Person is not a corporation, vote or otherwise participate in the selection of the governing body, partners, managers or others that will control the management and policies of such Person.

 “Company” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces such
party pursuant to Article 5 of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor and any other primary obligor on the Notes. 

“Company Request” means any written request signed in the name of the Company by its Chief Executive Officer, its President,
any Vice President, its Chief Financial Officer or its Treasurer and attested to by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company. 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the aggregate amount of interest which, in conformity with GAAP, would
be set forth opposite the caption “interest expense” or any like caption on an income statement for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis (including, but not limited to, imputed interest included in
Capitalized Lease Obligations, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, the net costs associated with hedging obligations, the interest portion of any
deferred payment obligation, amortization of discount or premium, if any, and all other non-cash interest expense (other than interest amortized to cost of sales)) plus, without duplication, all net
capitalized interest for such period and all interest incurred or paid under any guarantee of Indebtedness (including a guarantee of principal, interest or any combination thereof) of any Person, plus an amount equal to the product of (a) the
aggregate dividends paid on Disqualified Capital Stock during such period and (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the Company’s then effective combined tax rate, to the extent paid;
provided, however, that “Consolidated Interest Expense” shall exclude the amortization of deferred financing fees and exclude any and all interest accrued or paid or payable with respect thereto. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that (a) the Net Income of any Person (the “other Person”) in which the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries has less than a 100% interest (which interest does not cause the Net Income of such other Person to be consolidated into the Net Income of the Company in accordance with GAAP) shall be included only to the extent of the
amount of dividends or distributions paid to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, (b) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) that is subject to any restriction or limitation (assuming no waiver or
satisfaction thereof shall have occurred) on the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions (other than pursuant to the Notes or this Indenture or under the Senior Credit Facility) shall be excluded to the extent of such restriction
or limitation, except that to the extent that any such restriction or limitation results solely from covenant limitations under any SBA Indebtedness, there shall not be deducted that portion of such Restricted Subsidiary’s Net Income which
exceeds the outstanding aggregate principal amount of such SBA Indebtedness, (c) any net gain (but not loss) resulting from an Asset Sale by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than in the ordinary course of business shall
be excluded, and (d) extraordinary gains and losses shall be excluded. 

  
 -3- 

 “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the book value of the assets of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than patents, patent rights, trademarks, trade names, franchises, copyrights, licenses, permits, goodwill and other intangible assets classified as such in accordance with GAAP) after all applicable
deductions in accordance with GAAP (including, without limitation, reserves for doubtful receivables, obsolescence, depreciation and amortization) less all liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with
GAAP. 
 “Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust
business shall be principally administered, which office at the date of execution of this Indenture is located at 10161 Centurion Parkway, Jacksonville, FL 32256. 

“Cumulative Consolidated Interest Expense” means, as of any date of determination, Consolidated Interest Expense of the
Company from the Existing Notes Issue Date to the end of the Company’s most recently ended full fiscal quarter prior to such date, taken as a single accounting period. 

“Cumulative EBITDA” means, as of any date of determination, EBITDA of the Company from the Existing Notes Issue Date to the
end of the Company’s most recently ended full fiscal quarter prior to such date, taken as a single accounting period. 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passing of time or giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 “Depository” means, with respect to Global Notes, the Person designated as Depository until a successor Depository shall
have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Depository” shall mean each Person who is then a Depository hereunder, and, if at any time there is more than one such Person, such Persons. 

“Disqualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which, by its terms (or by
the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or
otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the Maturity Date of the Notes, for cash or securities constituting Indebtedness. 

“EBITDA” means, for any Person, for any period, an amount determined in accordance with GAAP equal to (a) the sum of,
without duplication, (i) Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus (ii) the provision for taxes for such period based on income or profits to the extent such income or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income and any
provision for taxes utilized in computing net loss under clause (i) hereof, plus (iii) to the extent it reduces Consolidated Net Income during such period, Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, plus (iv) depreciation for such
period on a consolidated basis, plus (v) amortization of intangibles for such period on a consolidated basis, plus (vi) any other non-cash items reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period plus,
(vii) any reasonable fees and expenses in connection with any actual or proposed acquisition, Investment or financing to the extent such fees reduced Consolidated Net Income during such period (including as a result of the application of FASB
141R), plus (viii) any losses on a sale of receivables and related assets to a Securitization Entity in connection with a Permitted Securitization Financing, plus (ix) any cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating
improvements and initiatives and synergies projected in good faith to be reasonably anticipated to be realizable within 18 months of any investment, acquisition, merger, disposition or other action being given pro forma effect, net of the amount of
actual benefits realized from such actions, subject to a cap for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of 15% of EBITDA; minus (b) all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such
period. 

  
 -4- 

 “Equity Offerings” means an offering by Parent or the Company of shares of
its Capital Stock (however designated and whether voting or non-voting but excluding Disqualified Capital Stock) and any and all rights, warrants or options to acquire such Common Stock pursuant to a
registration statement registered pursuant to the Securities Act, in the case of such offerings by the Parent the proceeds of which are contributed to the Company as common equity, other than (i) public offerings with respect to Capital Stock
of the Parent registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or (ii) an issuance to any Subsidiary of the Parent or the Company. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

“Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Existing Notes Issue Date” means December 23, 2002. 

“fair market value” means, unless otherwise specified, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be
negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction.
Fair market value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company acting reasonably and in good faith and shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution of the Company delivered to the Trustee. 

“Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Company,
as the case may be. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied as in effect in the
United States from time to time; provided, that for purposes of determining the accounting treatment for any lease, generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied in the United States as in effect on the Issue Date shall be applied
(and without giving effect to FASB Accounting Standard Codification Topic 842). 
 “Guarantee” means the guarantee of the
Obligations of the Company with respect to the Notes by each Guarantor pursuant to the terms of Article 10 hereof. 

“Guaranteed Permitted Unrestricted Subsidiary Obligations” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of
“Investments.” 
 “Guarantor” means each domestic Subsidiary of the Company listed on the signature pages of this
Indenture and each Subsidiary which guarantees, after the Issue Date, payment of the Notes and the Exchange Notes pursuant to the covenant described under Section 4.17. 

“Holder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 “incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other obligation of any Person, to directly or indirectly create,
issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to (including as a result of an Asset Acquisition), or otherwise become responsible for, contingently or otherwise
any Indebtedness or other obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any such Indebtedness or other obligation on the balance sheet of such Person (and “incurrence,” “incurred,”
“incurrable” and “incurring” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided, however, that a change in GAAP that results in an obligation of such Person that exists at such time becoming Indebtedness
shall not be deemed an incurrence of such Indebtedness. 
 “Indebtedness” means (without duplication), with respect to any
Person, any indebtedness at any time outstanding, secured or unsecured, contingent or otherwise, which is for borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof), or
evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (excluding any balances that constitute accounts payable or trade payables, and other accrued
liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business) if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, and shall also include, to the extent
not otherwise included: 
 (i)    any Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person; 

  
 -5- 

 (ii)    obligations secured by a lien to which the
property or assets owned or held by such Person is subject, whether or not the obligation or obligations secured thereby shall have been assumed (the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such property or asset or
the amount of the obligations so secured); 
 (iii)    guarantees of obligations of other Persons which
would be included within this definition for such other Persons (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of the guarantor); 

(iv)    all obligations for the reimbursement of any obligor on any banker’s acceptance or for
reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit with respect to drawings made thereunder and not yet reimbursed; 

(v)    in the case of the Company, Disqualified Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 (vi)    obligations of any such Person under any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to any of the
foregoing (if and to the extent such Interest Rate Agreement obligations would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP); and 

(vii)    the outstanding amount of any Guaranteed Permitted Unrestricted Subsidiary Obligations;
provided, however, that obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and in respect of reimbursement obligations for undrawn letters of credit (whether or not secured by a lien) supporting insurance arrangements and
performance and surety bonds, each incurred in the ordinary course of business and not as a part of a financing transaction, for the benefit of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, shall not be considered Indebtedness for purposes of this
Indenture. 
 The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional
obligations as described above; provided, however, (a) that the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount is the principal amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized
portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP and (b) that Indebtedness shall not include any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time. 

“Initial Purchasers” means Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank
Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., Mizuho Securities USA Inc., PNC Capital Markets LLC, Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc., TD Securities (USA) LLC, U.S.
Bancorp Investments, Inc., Hancock Whitney Investment Services, Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. 
 “Interest Payment
Date” means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes. 
 “Interest Rate Agreement” means,
for any Person, any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement designed to protect the party indicated therein against fluctuations in interest rates. 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, in each case, with a stable or better outlook; provided that a change in outlook shall not by itself cause the Company to lose its Investment Grade Rating. 

  
 -6- 

 “Investments” means: 

(x)    directly or indirectly, any advance (other than a deposit of funds in connection with an acquisition
provided that either such acquisition is consummated by or through a Restricted Subsidiary or such deposit is returned to the Person that made it), account receivable (other than an account receivable arising in the ordinary course of business),
loan or capital contribution to (by means of transfers of property to others, payments for property or services for the account or use of others or otherwise), the purchase of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or joint venture
interests or other securities of, or the acquisition, by purchase or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any Person; and 

(y)    any Permitted Unrestricted Subsidiary Obligation to the extent it is guaranteed by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise is recourse to or obligates the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof (“Guaranteed Permitted Unrestricted Subsidiary
Obligations”). 
 Investments shall exclude extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal
trade practices. 
 “Issue Date” means May 13, 2020. 

“Leverage Ratio” means the ratio of: 

(i)    the sum of the aggregate outstanding amount of (x) Indebtedness of the Company and the
Restricted Subsidiaries and (y) except to the extent included in the previous clause (x), the aggregate liquidation preference of any Preferred Stock of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date of determination on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP to 
 (ii)    the Company’s EBITDA for the four full
fiscal quarters (the “Four Quarter Period”) ending on or prior to the date of determination for which financial statements are available. 

For purposes of this definition, the Company’s “EBITDA” shall be calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to
any Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions (including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of the Company or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Person who becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Acquisition) incurring, assuming or otherwise becoming liable for Indebtedness and the application of Asset Sale Proceeds) at any time on or subsequent to the first day of the Four Quarter Period and
on or prior to the date of determination, as if such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition (including any EBITDA associated with such Asset Acquisition and including any pro forma expense and cost reductions determined in accordance with
Article 11 of Regulation S-X relating to such Asset Acquisition) occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any property or assets of any Person, any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation,
assignment, deposit arrangement, security interest, lien, charge, easement, encumbrance, preference, priority, or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property or assets
(including, without limitation, any Capitalized Lease Obligation, conditional sales, or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing). 

“Make Whole Amount” means, as determined by the Company, with respect to any Note at any Redemption Date, the excess, if
positive, of (A) an amount equal to the present value of (1) the redemption price of such Note at January 15, 2024 plus (2) the remaining scheduled interest that would accrue on the Notes to be redeemed (subject to the
right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) to January 15, 2024 (other than interest accrued to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate
plus 50 basis points, over (B) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed. 
 “Maturity Date” means
January 15, 2029. 

  
 -7- 

 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor
to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “Net Income” means with respect to any Person for any period, the net income
(loss) of such Person determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Net Proceeds” means: 

(a)    in the case of any sale of Capital Stock of or Indebtedness by the Parent or the Company, the
aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company, after payment of expenses, commissions and the like incurred in connection therewith, and 

(b)    in the case of any exchange, exercise, conversion or surrender of outstanding securities of any kind
for or into shares of Capital Stock of the Company which is not Disqualified Capital Stock, the net book value of such outstanding securities on the date of such exchange, exercise, conversion or surrender (plus any additional amount required to be
paid by the holder to the Company upon such exchange, exercise, conversion or surrender, less any and all payments made to the holders, e.g., on account of fractional shares and less all expenses incurred by the Company in connection therewith).

 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person as defined in
Regulation S under the Securities Act. 
 “Notes” means the securities that are issued under this Indenture, as
amended or supplemented from time to time pursuant to this Indenture, including the Initial Notes, the Additional Notes and the Exchange Notes. 

“Obligations” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, including any Guarantee, any principal, premium, interest, penalties,
fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other expenses payable under the documentation governing such Indebtedness or Guarantee. 

“Officer” means the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or
the Secretary of the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be, or any other officer designated by the Board of Directors of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the
President or any Vice President, and the Chief Financial Officer or any Treasurer of such Person that shall comply with applicable provisions of this Indenture. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion, reasonably acceptable to the Trustee from the Company’s legal counsel.

 “Outstanding Securitization Amount” means, at any time, without duplication (i) the sum of all then outstanding
amounts advanced to Securitization Entities by lenders (other than the Company or any Subsidiary) under Permitted Securitization Financings and (ii) the amount of accounts receivable disposed of in connection with any Permitted Securitization
Financing (other than to a Securitization Entity) structured as a factoring arrangement that have stated due dates following such date of determination. 

“Parent” means Lamar Advertising Company. 

“Permitted Business” means any business in which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the date of this
Indenture and any other business related, incidental, complementary or ancillary thereto, and any unrelated business to the extent that it is not material in size as compared with the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ business as a
whole. 

  
 -8- 

 “Permitted Dividend Encumbrances” means encumbrances or restrictions: 

(a)    existing on the Issue Date, 

(b)    arising by reason of Acquired Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary existing at the time such
Person became a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such encumbrances or restrictions were not created in anticipation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and are not applicable to the Company or any of the other
Restricted Subsidiaries, 
 (c)    arising under Indebtedness incurred under the Senior Credit Facility,

 (d)    arising under Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that the terms and
conditions of any such restrictions are no less favorable to the Holders of Notes than those under the Indebtedness being refinanced, 

(e)    customary provisions restricting the assignment of any contract or interest of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary, 
 (f)    existing under an agreement relating to SBA Indebtedness and Permitted
Securitization Financing, 
 (g)    existing under an agreement relating to any Permitted Lien referred
to in clause (iv) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”; provided, however, that such encumbrance or restriction only relates to the assets or property subject to such Permitted Lien, 

(h)    imposed by applicable law, 

(i)    imposed pursuant to a binding agreement which has been entered into for the sale or disposition of
all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or of any assets of a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, such encumbrances and restrictions apply solely to such Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary which are the
subject of such binding agreement, 
 (j)    on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed pursuant to
customer contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, 
 (k)    arising under Indebtedness
(other than Indebtedness described in clause (b), (c), (d) or (f) above) permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Indenture; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such encumbrances or restrictions are no more
restrictive than the terms and conditions of any encumbrances or restrictions arising under the Notes, or 

(l)    imposed with respect to the distribution or disposition of assets or property in joint venture
agreements or other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business. 
 “Permitted Holders” means
(x) any of Charles Switzer, Charles W. Lamar, III, Kevin P. Reilly, Sr., members of their immediate families or any lineal descendant of any of the foregoing and the immediate families of any such lineal descendant, (y) any trust or
partnership, to the extent it is for the benefit of any of the foregoing or (z) any Person or group of Persons controlled by any of the foregoing. 

“Permitted Indebtedness” means: 

(i)    Indebtedness of the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries which are Guarantors pursuant to the Senior
Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2.0 billion, less the aggregate amount of all permanent repayments thereunder made in accordance with Section 4.13 and guarantees of such Indebtedness by Restricted
Subsidiaries that are Guarantors; 

  
 -9- 

 (ii)    Indebtedness under the Notes (excluding any
Additional Notes), the Guarantees and the Exchange Notes; 
 (iii)    Indebtedness not covered by any
other clause of this definition which is outstanding on the date of this Indenture; 

(iv)    Indebtedness of the Company to any Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any
Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (v)    Purchase Money
Indebtedness and Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to acquire or lease property in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that (a) the aggregate amount of such Purchase Money
Indebtedness and Capitalized Lease Obligations outstanding at any time shall not exceed the greater of (x) 5% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, at the time of the incurrence of any such Purchase Money Indebtedness or
Capitalized Lease Obligations or (y) $50.0 million, and (b) in each case, such Purchase Money Indebtedness or Capitalized Lease Obligation, as the case may be, would not constitute more than 100% of the cost (determined in accordance
with GAAP) of the property so purchased or leased plus reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith; 

(vi)    Interest Rate Agreements and any guarantees thereof; 

(vii)    Refinancing Indebtedness; 

(viii)    additional Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor not to
exceed $75.0 million in principal amount outstanding at any time; and 
 (ix)    Indebtedness
pursuant to Permitted Securitization Financings, provided that the aggregate Outstanding Securitization Amount in respect of all Permitted Securitization Financings pursuant to this clause (ix) shall not exceed $500,000,000. 

“Permitted Investments” means, for any Person, Investments made on or after the date of this Indenture consisting of: 

(i)    Investments by the Company or by a Restricted Subsidiary in the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
which is a Guarantor; 
 (ii)    Temporary Cash Investments; 

(iii)    Investments by the Company or by a Restricted Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such
Investment (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary which is a Guarantor or (B) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary which is a Guarantor; 
 (iv)    an Investment that is made by the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the form of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures, partnership or joint venture interests or other securities that are issued by a third party to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary solely as partial
consideration for the consummation of an Asset Sale that is otherwise permitted under Section 4.13 hereof; 

(v)    Investments in Permitted Joint Ventures in an amount not to exceed $50.0 million; and 

(vi)    Investments in Securitization Entities in connection with Permitted Securitization Financings. 

  
 -10- 

 “Permitted Joint Ventures” means a corporation, partnership or other entity
(other than a Subsidiary) engaged in one or more Permitted Businesses in respect of which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (a) beneficially owns at least 5% of the shares of Capital Stock of such entity and (b) either is a party to
an agreement empowering one or more parties to such agreement (which may or may not be the Company or a Subsidiary), or is a member of a group that, pursuant to the constituent documents of the applicable corporation, partnership or other entity,
has the power to direct the policies, management and affairs of such entity. 
 “Permitted Liens” means: 

(i)    Liens existing on the Issue Date; 

(ii)    Liens on property or assets of, or any shares of stock of, or interests in, or secured debt of, any
Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time such Person is merged into the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not incurred in connection
with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or merging into the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(iii)    Liens in favor of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(iv)    Liens to secure Purchase Money Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted under this Indenture;
provided, however, that any such Lien is created solely for the purpose of securing such Purchase Money Indebtedness and does not extend to or cover any Property other than such item of Property and any improvements on such item; 

(v)    Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges that are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings; 
 (vi)    Liens securing Indebtedness (x) permitted to be incurred by
clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” and (y) in addition to the amount permitted to be incurred by the foregoing subclause (x) so long as, in the case of this subclause (y), Indebtedness incurred pursuant
to this subclause (y) (assuming any commitment therefor was fully drawn), when aggregated with any other Indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantors which is secured by a Lien pursuant to this subclause (y), does not cause the Secured Leverage
Ratio of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this subclause (y) to exceed 4.5 to 1.0 as of the last day of the most recent quarter for which internal financial statements are available on the date such Indebtedness is incurred (or commitments
therefor are obtained); 
 (vii)    Permitted Dividend Encumbrances; 

(viii)    Liens on property of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time that it is designated as a Restricted
Subsidiary pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”; provided that such Liens were not incurred in connection with, or contemplation of, such designation; 

(ix)    extensions, renewals or refundings of any Liens referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and
(viii) above; provided that any such extension, renewal or refunding does not extend to any assets or secure any Indebtedness not securing or secured by the Liens being extended, renewed or refinanced; 

(x)    Liens securing Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1.0 million
outstanding at any time; and 
 (xi)    Liens on assets of a Securitization Entity and Securitization
Assets, in each case, in connection with a Permitted Securitization Financing. 

  
 -11- 

 “Permitted Securitization Financing” means (i) any borrowing or
factoring arrangement by a Securitization Entity with respect to Securitization Assets transferred to such Securitization Entity by the Company or a Subsidiary or (ii) consisting of a factoring arrangement by the Company or a Subsidiary of the
Company pursuant to which the Company or such Subsidiary sells Securitization Assets to a Person other than the Company or a Subsidiary on a basis that is not recourse to the Company or any Subsidiary except for Standard Securitization Undertakings.

 “Permitted Unrestricted Subsidiary Obligations” shall have the meaning specified in the definition of “Unrestricted
Subsidiary.” 
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture,
association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government (including any agency or political subdivision thereof). 

“Preferred Stock” means any Capital Stock of a Person, however designated, which entitles the holder thereof to a preference
with respect to dividends, distributions or liquidation proceeds of such Person over the holders of other Capital Stock issued by such Person. 

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth under such caption in the form of Initial Note in Exhibit A hereto.

 “Property” of any Person means all types of real, personal, tangible, intangible or mixed property owned by such Person
whether or not included in the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries (Restricted Subsidiaries in the case of the Company) under GAAP. 

“Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement dated May 11, 2020 among the Company, the Initial Purchasers and the
Guarantors. 
 “Purchase Money Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness incurred by a Person to finance the cost (including the
cost of construction or improvement and in the case of any Capitalized Lease Obligation, the lease) of any real or personal property, the principal amount of which Indebtedness does not exceed the sum of (i) 100% of such cost and
(ii) reasonable fees and expenses of such Person incurred in connection therewith. 
 “Rating Agencies” means S&P
and Moody’s or if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical Rating Agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution
of the Board of Directors) which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be. 
 “Redemption
Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture. 

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that refunds, refinances or extends any Indebtedness of the Company or the
Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date or other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (other than pursuant to clauses (i), (iv), (v) and
(vi) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”), but only to the extent that: 

(i)    the Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes to at least the same extent, if at all, as
the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended; 
 (ii)    the Refinancing Indebtedness is
scheduled to mature either (a) no earlier than the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended, or (b) after the Maturity Date of the Notes, 

  
 -12- 

 (iii)    the portion of the Refinancing Indebtedness
that is scheduled to mature on or prior to the Maturity Date of the Notes has a weighted average life to maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred that is equal to or greater than the weighted average life to maturity of the
portion of the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended that is scheduled to mature on or prior to the Maturity Date of the Notes; 

(iv)    such Refinancing Indebtedness is in an aggregate principal amount that is equal to or less than the
sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount then outstanding under the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended, (b) the amount of any premium required to be paid in connection with such refunding, refinancing or extension
pursuant to the terms of such Indebtedness or the amount of any premium reasonably determined by the Board of Directors of the Company as necessary to accomplish such refunding, refinancing or extension by means of a tender offer or privately
negotiated purchase and (c) the amount of customary fees, expenses and costs related to the incurrence of such Refinancing Indebtedness; and 

(v)    such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred by the same Person that initially incurred the
Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or extended, except that the Company may incur Refinancing Indebtedness to refund, refinance or extend Indebtedness of any Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means (a) the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date by and among the
Initial Purchasers, the Company and the Guarantors, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, and (b) with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights
agreements between the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional
Notes under the Securities Act. 
 “Responsible Officer” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within
the corporate trust department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with
respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 

“Restricted Payment” means any of the following: 

(i)    the declaration or payment of any dividend or any other distribution or payment on Capital Stock of
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any payment made to the direct or indirect holders (in their capacities as such) of Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than (x) dividends or distributions payable solely
in Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock), and (y) in the case of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, dividends or
distributions payable to the Company or to a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary); 
 (ii)    the
purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Capital Stock of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Capital Stock owned by the Company or a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary); 

(iii)    the making of 

any principal payment on, or the purchase, defeasance, repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value, prior to any
scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment of, any Indebtedness which is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes that is outstanding on the Issue Date or any Refinancing Indebtedness that refinances such
Indebtedness ; 
 (iv)    the making of any Investment or guarantee of any Investment in any Person other
than a Permitted Investment; 

  
 -13- 

 (v)    any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent set forth in the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary; and 

(vi)    forgiveness of any Indebtedness of an Affiliate of the Company (other than a Wholly-Owned
Restricted Subsidiary) to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 For purposes of determining the amount expended for Restricted
Payments, cash distributed or invested shall be valued at the face amount thereof and property other than cash shall be valued at its fair market value. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary and includes all of the
Subsidiaries of the Company existing as of the Issue Date (other than Missouri Logos, a Partnership). The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Person that is to become a Subsidiary of the Company as a
Restricted Subsidiary if immediately after giving effect to such action (and treating any Acquired Indebtedness as having been incurred at the time of such action), the Company could have incurred at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other
than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to Section 4.10 and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 

“S&P” means S&P Global Ratings (a division of S&P Global Inc.) or any successor to the rating agency business
thereof. 
 “SBA Indebtedness” means Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the United States Small Business Administration
Disaster Relief Loan program or any similar loan program; provided, however, that such Indebtedness shall at all times be prepayable without penalty at the option of the obligor. 

“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission as constituted from time to time or any successor performing
substantially the same functions. 
 “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on any assets of the
Company or any Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of
determination, the ratio of (1) the Total Secured Debt as of such date of determination to (2) EBITDA of the Company for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available,
with such pro forma and other adjustments to each of Total Secured Debt and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma and other adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Leverage Ratio”. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Securitization Assets” means (a) accounts receivable and proceeds thereof, (b) contract rights, lockbox accounts
and records with respect to such accounts receivable and any other assets customarily transferred together with accounts receivable in a receivables financing which is non-recourse to the Company or any
Subsidiary (other than Standard Securitization Undertakings) other than a Securitization Entity, as determined in good faith by a Financial Officer of the Company and (c) any deposit account into which proceeds of accounts receivable are
collected. 
 “Securitization Entity” means a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (or other Person formed in connection with
Permitted Securitization Financings) of the Company that engages in no activities other than Permitted Securitization Financings and any necessary related activities and owns no assets other than Securitization Assets, cash, cash equivalents and
other assets relating to Permitted Securitization Financings and no portion of the Indebtedness (contingent or otherwise) of which is guaranteed by Parent, the Company or any Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Entity) of the Company other than
pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings. 
 “Senior Credit Facility” means the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement dated as of February 6, 2020 among the Company, the guarantors party thereto, the several lenders from time to time party thereto and 

  
 -14- 

 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and the other agents party thereto, and one or more other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, credit facilities or
indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, together with the documents related thereto (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents), in each
case as such agreements may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing, consolidating or otherwise
restructuring (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder pursuant to incremental facilities or otherwise or adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under
any such agreement or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders and whether or not increasing the amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred thereunder. 

“Special Purpose Subsidiaries” means Lamar QRS Receivables, LLC and Lamar TRS Receivables, LLC, special purpose entities and
borrowers under that certain Receivables Financing Agreement dated as of December 18, 2018 among the Special Purpose Subsidiaries, PNC Bank, National Association as administrative agent, PNC Capital Markets LLC as structuring agent and certain
lenders from time to time party thereto. 
 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties,
covenants, indemnities, performance guaranties and other obligations entered into in connection with a Permitted Securitization Financing that a Financial Officer of the Company determines in good faith are customary for financings similar to a
Permitted Securitization Financing. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, when used with respect to any Note or any installment of
interest thereon, the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on which the principal of such Note or such installment of interest is due and payable, and when used with respect to any other Indebtedness, means the date specified in the
instrument governing such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the principal of such Indebtedness, or any installment of interest thereon, is due and payable. 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 

(i)    any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting
power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or
more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and 
 (ii)    any partnership
(a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination
thereof). 
 “Temporary Cash Investments” or “cash equivalents” means: 

(i)    United States dollars; 

(ii)    securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or
any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; 

(iii)    certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the
date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million and a Thomson BankWatch
Rating of “B” or better; 

  
 -15- 

 (iv)    repurchase obligations with a term of not more
than ten days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iii) above; 

(v)    commercial paper or marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of
America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or S&P and in each case maturing within one year after the date of
acquisition; and 
 (vi)    money market funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute cash
equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (i) through (v) of this definition. 
 “Total Assets” means total
assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as may be expressly stated without giving effect to any amortization of the amount
of intangible assets since the Issue Date, with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Leverage Ratio.” 

“Total Secured Debt” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Secured Indebtedness of the
Company and the Guarantors (other than cash management obligations and Interest Rate Agreements to the extent permitted by this Indenture) outstanding on such date, determined on a consolidated basis. 

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any applicable Redemption Date, the weekly average rounded to the nearest 1/100th of a
percentage point (for the most recently completed week for which such information is available as of the date that is two business days prior to the applicable Redemption Date) of the yield to maturity of United States Treasury securities with a
constant maturity (as compiled and published in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 with respect to each applicable day during such week or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published or available, any publicly available source of
similar market data selected by the Company) most nearly equal to the period from the applicable Redemption Date to January 15, 2024; provided, however, that if the period from the applicable Redemption Date to January 15,
2024 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which such a yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one twelfth of a year) from the weekly average
yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the applicable Redemption Date to January 15, 2024 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States
Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. The Treasury Rate shall be obtained by the Company. 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Section 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this
Indenture (except as provided in Section 8.03 hereof). 
 “Transfer Restricted Notes” means Notes that bear or are
required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a
successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means the successor. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means
(a) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (b) any Subsidiary of the Company which is classified after the Issue Date as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company, but only so
long as: 
 (i)    no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of
such Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and in respect of reimbursement obligations for undrawn letters of credit supporting insurance arrangements and performance and surety bonds, each
incurred in the ordinary course of business and not as part of a financing transaction (collectively, “Permitted Unrestricted Subsidiary Obligations”)) (A) is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (B) is
recourse to or obligates the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to satisfaction thereof, 

  
 -16- 

 (ii)    such Unrestricted Subsidiary has no Indebtedness
or any other obligation (other than Permitted Unrestricted Subsidiary Obligations) that, if in default in any respect (including a payment default), would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the
Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity, and 

(iii)    no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Any designation of a
Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed a Restricted Payment in an amount equal to the fair market value of such Subsidiary (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) and any such designation shall be
permitted only if it complies with Section 4.11. The Trustee shall be given prompt notice by the Company of each resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company pursuant to the foregoing sentence, together with a copy of each such
resolution adopted. 
 “U.S. Government Obligations” means direct non-callable
obligations of, or non-callable obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which obligation or guarantee the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged.

 “U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act. 

“Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, securities of any class or classes of Capital Stock in such Person
entitling the holders thereof to vote under ordinary circumstances in the election of members of the Board of Directors or other similar governing body of such Person. 

“Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary, all of the outstanding Voting Stock (other than
directors’ qualifying shares) of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company. 

Section 1.02    Other Definitions. 

The definitions of the following terms may be found in the Sections indicated as follows: 

 

					
	Term	  	Defined 
in Section	 
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	 	4.14	(a) 
	 “Agent Members”
	  	 	2.14	(a) 
	 “Applicable Law”
	  	 	12.18	 
	 “Bankruptcy Law”
	  	 	6.01	 
	 “Business Day”
	  	 	12.08	 
	 “Change of Control Date”
	  	 	4.19	(a) 
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	 	4.19	(a) 
	 “Change of Control Purchase Date”
	  	 	4.19	(a) 
	 “Change of Control Purchase Price”
	  	 	4.19	(a) 
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	 	9.03	 
	 “Custodian”
	  	 	6.01	 
	 “Event of Default”
	  	 	6.01	 
	 “Excess Proceeds Offer”
	  	 	4.13	(a)(iii)(c) 
	 “Exchange Notes”
	  	 	Preamble	 
	 “Funding Guarantor”
	  	 	10.06	 
	 “Global Note”
	  	 	2.01	(c) 
	 “IAI”
	  	 	2.01	(c) 
	 “IAI Global Notes”
	  	 	2.01	(c) 
	 “Initial Notes”
	  	 	Preamble	 
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	 	9.02	 
	 “Legal Holiday”
	  	 	12.08	 
	 “Offer Period”
	  	 	4.13	(b)(1) 

  
 -17- 

					
	Term	  	Defined 
in Section	 
	 “Pari Passu Excess Proceeds Offer”
	  	 	4.13	(a)(iii)(c) 
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	 	2.03	 
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	 	4.13	(b)(3) 
	 “QIB”
	  	 	2.01	(c) 
	 “QIB Global Note”
	  	 	2.01	(c) 
	 “Registrar”
	  	 	2.03	 
	 “Regulation S”
	  	 	2.01	(c) 
	 “Regulation S Global Notes”
	  	 	2.01	(c) 
	 “Reinstatement Date”
	  	 	4.20	(b) 
	 “Reinvestment Date”
	  	 	4.13	(a)(iii)(b) 
	 “Replacement Assets”
	  	 	4.13	(a)(iii)(b) 
	 “Resale Restriction Termination Date”
	  	 	2.15	(a)(i) 
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	 	2.01	(c) 
	 “Surviving Entity”
	  	 	5.01	(a)(i) 
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	 	4.20	(a) 
	 “Suspension Periods”
	  	 	4.20	(b) 
	 “Tax Payments”
	  	 	4.14	(b)(v) 
	 “U.S. Global Notes”
	  	 	2.01	(c) 

 Section 1.03    Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the portion of such provision required to be incorporated herein in order for this
Indenture to be qualified under the TIA is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 

“Commission” means the SEC. 

“indenture securities” means the Notes or the Guarantees, as appropriate. 

“indenture securityholder” means a Noteholder. 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee. 

“obligor on the indenture securities” means the Company, the Guarantors or any other obligor on the Notes or
the Guarantees. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or
defined by SEC Rule have the meanings therein assigned to them. 
 Section 1.04    Rules of
Construction. 
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1)    a term has the meaning assigned to it herein, whether defined expressly or by reference; 

(2)    an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 (3)    “or” is not exclusive; 

  
 -18- 

 (4)    words in the singular include the plural, and in
the plural include the singular; and 
 (5)    words used herein implying any gender shall apply to every
gender. 
 ARTICLE 2. 

THE NOTES 

Section 2.01    Form and Dating. 

(a)    The Initial Notes (including Global Notes) and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is incorporated in and made part of this Indenture. Any Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B, which is incorporated in
and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Company may use “CUSIP” numbers in issuing the Notes. The Company shall approve the form
of the Notes. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. 
 (b)    The terms and provisions contained in
the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and
provisions and to be bound thereby. 
 (c)    The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof are being offered and sold by
the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Initial Notes will be offered and sold by the Initial Purchasers only (i) to “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act
(“Rule 144A”)) (“QIBs”) and (ii) in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”). After such initial offers and sales, Initial Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes may be
transferred to, among others, QIBS in reliance on Regulation S and to institutional “Accredited Investors” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) (“IAIs”) in accordance
with certain transfer restrictions. Initial Notes that are offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent Global Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A
(collectively, the “QIB Global Note”) deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Company (and the Guarantors will execute the Guarantees endorsed thereon) and authenticated by the Trustee as
hereinafter provided. Initial Notes that are offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the
“Regulation S Global Note”) duly executed by the Company (and the Guarantors will execute the Guarantees endorsed thereon) and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided, shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the
Depository. Initial Notes resold or otherwise transferred to IAIs shall be issued substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (collectively, the “IAI Global Note” and, together with the QIB Global Note, the “U.S. Global
Notes”). The QIB Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and the IAI Global Note (each a “Global Note”) shall each be issued with separate CUSIP numbers. The aggregate principal amount of each Global Note may from time to time
be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee. Transfers of Initial Notes between QIBs and IAIs and to or by purchasers pursuant to Regulation S shall be represented by appropriate increases and decreases to the
respective amounts of the appropriate Global Notes, as more fully provided in Section 2.14. 

Section 2.02    Execution and Authentication. 

The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by one Officer of the Company and the Guarantees shall be executed on behalf of the
Guarantors by one Officer of each of the Guarantors. 
 Such signature may be either manual or facsimile. The Company’s seal may be
impressed, affixed, imprinted or reproduced on the Notes and may be in facsimile form. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no
longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 

  
 -19- 

 A Note shall not be valid until the Trustee manually or electronically signs the certificate
of authentication pertaining to the Note. Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 

The Trustee or an authenticating agent shall authenticate (i) Initial Notes for original issue in the aggregate principal amount not to
exceed $400,000,000, (ii) Additional Notes in an unlimited principal amount (so long as permitted by the terms of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 4.10) and (iii) Exchange Notes (x) in exchange for a like
principal amount of Initial Notes or (y) in exchange for a like principal amount of Additional Notes, in each case upon a Company Request. With respect to a Company Request for authentication pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) of the
first sentence of this paragraph, the first such written order from the Company shall be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel of the Company in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form
without coupons and only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. 
 The Company Request directing the authentication
and delivery of Notes shall specify whether such Notes shall be issued in the form of Notes or Global Notes. Such Company Request shall specify the amount, series and CUSIP of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of
the Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Exchange Notes. If the Company Request specifies that the Notes are to be issued in the form of one or more Global Notes, then the Company shall execute (and the
Guarantors will execute the Guarantees endorsed thereon) and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section and such Company Request, authenticate and deliver one or more Global Notes that: 

(a)    shall be registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of such Depository, 

(b)    shall, at the instruction of the Initial Purchasers, be delivered by the Trustee to the Depository
or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depository, and 
 (c)    shall include and bear a legend
substantially to the effect that unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for Notes, such Global Notes may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the
Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository. 

The Depository must, at the time of its designation and at all times when it serves as Depository, be a clearing agency registered under the
Exchange Act and any other applicable statute or regulation. 
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the
Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Any appointment shall be evidenced by instrument signed by an authorized officer of the Trustee, a copy of which shall be furnished to the
Company. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same right as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. 

Section 2.03    Registrar and Paying Agent. 

The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange
(“Registrar”), an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”) and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company or any Guarantor in respect of the Notes,
Guarantees and this Indenture may be served. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional
paying agents. Neither the Company nor any Affiliate of the Company may act as Paying Agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Noteholder. 

The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement
shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Company fails to maintain 

  
 -20- 

 
a Registrar or Paying Agent, or agent for service of notices and demands, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company initially appoints the Trustee as
Registrar, Paying Agent and agent for service of notices and demands in connection with the Notes and the office or agency for purposes of this Section 2.03 and 4.09 shall initially be: 

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 

10161 Centurion Parkway 

Jacksonville, FL 32256 

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration 

Section 2.04    Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust. 

The Trustee as Paying Agent shall, and the Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that, subject to
Article 10, each Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all assets held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes (whether such assets have been distributed to it by the
Company or any other obligor on the Notes), and the Company and the Paying Agent shall notify the Trustee in writing of any Default by the Company (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. The Company at any time may require a
Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and account for any assets disbursed and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any payment default with respect to the Notes, upon written request to a Paying Agent,
require such Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and to account for any assets distributed. Upon distribution to the Trustee of all assets that shall have been delivered by the Company to the Paying Agent, the Paying
Agent shall have no further liability for such assets. 
 Section 2.05    Noteholder Lists. 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses
of Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee as of each record date and on or before each related Interest Payment Date, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such
form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders. 

Section 2.06    Transfer and Exchange. 

Subject to the provisions of this Section 2.06, when a Note is presented to the Registrar with a request to register the transfer
thereof, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if the requirements of applicable law are met and, when Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized
denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested. To permit transfers and exchanges, upon surrender of any Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof, subject to the
provisions of this Section 2.06, the Company shall execute (and the Guarantors will execute the Guarantees endorsed thereon) and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.06, unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for Notes, a Global Note
may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depository to a nominee of such Depository or by a nominee of such Depository to such Depository or another nominee of such Depository or by such Depository or any such nominee to a successor
Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository. 
 If (i) the Depository is at any time unwilling, unable or ineligible to
continue as Depository or ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act and a successor Depository is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of the date the Company is so informed in writing or becomes aware of the
same or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company promptly will execute (and the Guarantors will execute the Guarantees endorsed thereon) and deliver to the Trustee Notes, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company
Request for the authentication and delivery of such Notes (which the Company will promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee), will authenticate and deliver Notes, without charge, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of
the outstanding Global Notes, in exchange for and upon surrender of all such Global Notes. 

  
 -21- 

 In any exchange provided for in the preceding paragraph, the Company will execute (and the
Guarantors will execute the Guarantees endorsed thereon) and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver Notes in the authorized denominations provided by Section 2.01. 

Upon the exchange of a Global Note for Notes, such Global Note shall be canceled by the Trustee upon delivery of a Company Request. Definitive
Notes issued in exchange for Global Notes pursuant to this Section 2.06 shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depository, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise,
shall instruct the Trustee. 
 All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the
Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration or transfer or exchange. 

Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Registrar or a co-Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar or a co-Registrar, duly executed by
the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. 
 Any exchange or transfer shall be without charge, except that the Company
may require payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to a transfer or exchange, but this provision shall not apply to any exchange pursuant to Section 2.09, 3.06,
4.13, 4.19 or 8.05 hereof. The Trustee shall not be required to register transfers of Notes or to exchange Notes for a period of 15 days before selection of any Notes to be redeemed. The Trustee shall not be required to exchange or register
transfers of any Notes called or being called for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 

The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under
this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Security) other than to require delivery of such
certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express
requirements hereof. 
 Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the
Depositary. 
 Section 2.07    Replacement Notes. 

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder of a Note presents evidence to the satisfaction of the Company and the
Trustee that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. An indemnity bond or other security or indemnity may be
required by the Company and/or the Trustee that is sufficient in the judgment of the Company and/or the Trustee to protect, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss (however remote) which any of them may suffer
if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge such Holder for its reasonable, out-of-pocket expenses in replacing a Note, including reasonable fees and expenses of
counsel. Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company. 
 Section 2.08    Outstanding
Notes. 
 Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to
it for cancellation, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. 

  
 -22- 

 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered
for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding until the Company and the Trustee receive proof satisfactory to each of them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note
and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.07. 
 If a Paying Agent holds on a Redemption Date or Maturity Date money sufficient to
pay the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on Notes payable on that date and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders thereof pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be
outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 
 Subject to Section 12.06, a Note does not cease to be outstanding solely because
the Company or an Affiliate holds the Note. 
 Section 2.09    Temporary Notes. 

Until Global Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall
be substantially in the form, and shall carry all rights, of Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Global
Notes in exchange for temporary Notes presented to it. 
 Section 2.10    Cancellation. 

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. At the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent, and no one else, shall cancel and at the written request of the Company, shall dispose of all Notes surrendered for
transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation. If the Company or any Guarantor shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same
are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.10. 
 Section 2.11    Defaulted
Interest. 
 If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted amounts, plus any interest
payable on defaulted amounts pursuant to Section 4.01 hereof, to the persons who are Noteholders on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Company for the payment of
defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed to each Noteholder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that
states the special record date, the payment date, and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. 

Section 2.12    Deposit of Moneys. 

Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on each Interest Payment Date and on the Maturity Date, the Company shall have deposited with the
Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date or on the Maturity Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Trustee to remit payment to the Holders
on such Interest Payment Date or on the Maturity Date, as the case may be. 
 Section 2.13    CUSIP Number.

 The Company in issuing the Notes may use one or more “CUSIP” numbers, and if so, the Trustee shall use the CUSIP number(s) in
notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders, provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number(s) printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. 

  
 -23- 

 Section 2.14    Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes. 

(a)    Each Global Note initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Note or the
nominee of such Depository and (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depository. 
 Members of, or participants in,
the Depository (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under such Global Note, and the Depository may be
treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Trustee or the Company from giving
effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or shall impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of
any Note. 
 (b)    Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but not in
part, to the Depository, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in a Global Note may be transferred in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depository and the provisions of Section 2.15. If
required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may obtain Notes in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note upon written request in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s
procedures. 
 (c)    In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant
to subsection (b) of this Section 2.14 to beneficial owners identified by the Depository who are required to hold Notes, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global
Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute (and the Guarantors will execute the Guarantees endorsed thereon), and the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver, one or more Notes of like tenor and amount. 
 (d)    In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note
to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section 2.14, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver (and
the Guarantors will execute the Guarantees endorsed thereon), to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Notes of authorized
denominations. 
 (e)    Any definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to
subsection (c) or subsection (d) of this Section 2.14 shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraph (d) of Section 2.15, bear the Private Placement Legend. 

(f)    The registered holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent
Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action that a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 

  
 -24- 

 Section 2.15    Special Transfer Provisions. 

Unless and until a Transfer Restricted Note is transferred or exchanged under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act,
the following provisions shall apply: 
 (a)    Transfers to
Non-QIB IAIs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note to any IAI which is not a QIB (other than pursuant to
Regulation S): 
 (i)    The Registrar shall register the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note
if (x) the requested transfer is after the date that is one year (or such longer period as is required to comply with the Securities Act) in the case of Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A, and 40 days in the case of Notes sold in reliance
on Regulation S after the later of the date of issuance of such Transfer Restricted Note and the last date on which the Company or any of its Affiliates was the owner of such Transfer Restricted Note (such later date, the “Resale
Restriction Termination Date”) or (y) the proposed transferee has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C. 

(ii)    If the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Transfer Restricted Note to be transferred
consists of a definitive Note or an interest in the QIB Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the document, if any, required by paragraph (i) and (y) instructions given in accordance with
the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures therefor, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the transfer date and an increase in the principal amount of the IAI Global Note in an amount equal to (x) the principal
amount of the Notes to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the definitive Note so transferred or (y) the amount of the beneficial interest in the QIB Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note to be so transferred (in which case the
Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an appropriate decrease in the principal amount of the QIB Global Note or Regulation S Global Note). 

(iii)    If the proposed transferee is entitled to receive a definitive Note as provided in
Section 2.14 and the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents, if any, required by paragraph (i) and (y) instructions given in
accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures therefor, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount
of the beneficial interest in such Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute (and the Guarantors will execute the Guarantees endorsed thereon), and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Notes of like tenor and
amount. 
 (iv)    If the Initial Note to be transferred consists of Notes and the proposed transferee is
entitled to receive a definitive Note as provided in Section 2.14, upon receipt by the Registrar of the document, if any, required by paragraph (i), the Registrar shall register such transfer and the Company shall execute (and the
Guarantors will execute the Guarantees endorsed thereon), and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Notes of like tenor and amount. 

(b)    Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of
any proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note to a QIB (other than pursuant to Regulation S): 

(i)    If the Note to be transferred consists of Notes or an interest in the IAI Global Note or a
Regulation S Global Note, the Registrar shall register the transfer if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has provided the Registrar with a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit D hereto. 

(ii)    If the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Initial Note to be transferred consists of
Notes or an interest in the IAI Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the document, if any, required by paragraph (i) and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and
the Registrar’s procedures therefor, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the QIB Global Note in an amount equal to (x) the principal amount of the Notes, to be
transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the definitive Note so transferred or (y) the amount of the beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note to be so transferred (in which case the Registrar shall reflect on
its books and records the date and an appropriate decrease in the principal amount of the IAI Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note). 

  
 -25- 

 (iii)    If the proposed transferee is entitled to
receive a definitive Note as provided in Section 2.14 and the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents, if any, required by paragraph (i)
and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures therefor, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an
amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute (and the Guarantors will execute the Guarantees endorsed thereon), and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver,
one or more Notes of like tenor and amount. 
 (iv)    If the Initial Note to be transferred consists of
Notes and the proposed transferee is entitled to receive a definitive Note as provided in Section 2.14, upon receipt by the Registrar of the document, if any, required by paragraph (i), the Registrar shall register such transfer and the
Company shall execute (and the Guarantors will execute the Guarantees thereon), and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Notes of like tenor and amount. 

(c)    Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any
transfer of an Initial Note pursuant to Regulation S: 
 (i)    The Registrar shall register any proposed
transfer of an Initial Note to a Non-U.S. Person upon receipt of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit E from the proposed transferor and the Company shall execute (and the Guarantors
will execute the Guarantees endorsed thereon), and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Notes. 

(ii)    If the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a Global Note, upon
receipt by the Registrar of (x) the document required by paragraph (i), and (y) instructions in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures therefor, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records
the date and a decrease in the principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred and the Company shall execute (and the Guarantors will execute the Guarantees endorsed thereon), and the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Notes of like tenor and amount. 
 (d)    Private
Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes
bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless either (i) such transfer, exchange or replacement of such Notes occurs after the Resale Restriction Termination Date
(which date shall be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate of the Company delivered to the Trustee) or (ii) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee to the effect that
neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. 

(e)    General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of
such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture. 

The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.14 or this
Section 2.15. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar. 

  
 -26- 

 ARTICLE 3. 

REDEMPTION 

Section 3.01    Notices to Trustee. 

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the Notes, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date
and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed at least 15 days (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date. Any such notice may be canceled in writing at any time prior to
notice of such redemption being transmitted to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. 

Section 3.02    Selection by Trustee of Notes To Be Redeemed. 

If fewer than all of the Notes are to be redeemed (including for a partial redemption made with the proceeds of an Equity Offering), the Notes
shall be selected to be redeemed by lot (subject to applicable DTC procedures) unless such method is otherwise prohibited and, if such Notes are listed on any securities exchange, by a method that complies with the requirements of such exchange.

 The selection shall be from the Notes outstanding and not previously called for redemption and the Trustee shall promptly notify the
Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes in denominations of $2,000 or less may be redeemed only in whole. Notes may be
selected for redemption in portions (equal to $1,000 or integral multiples thereof) of the principal amount of Notes that have denominations larger than $2,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to
portions of Notes called for redemption. 
 Section 3.03    Notice of Redemption. 

At least 15 days, and no more than 60 days, before a Redemption Date, the Company shall transmit a notice of redemption to each Holder of
Notes to be redeemed at his or her last address as the same appears on the registry books maintained by the Registrar pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof. 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including the CUSIP number(s) thereof, if any) and shall state: 

(1)    the Redemption Date; 

(2)    the redemption price; 

(3)    if any Note is being redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be
redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date and upon cancellation of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued in the name of the Holder of such Note; 

(4)    the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(5)    that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption
price; 
 (6)    subject to Section 3.04, that, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption
payment, interest on the Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the redemption price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the
Notes redeemed; 

  
 -27- 

 (7)    the paragraph of the Notes pursuant to which
the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; 
 (8)    if fewer than all the Notes are to be
redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption;
and 
 (9)    the CUSIP number and statement in Section 2.13. 

At the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s
sole expense. 
 Section 3.04    Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once the notice of redemption described in Section 3.03 is sent, subject to the following paragraph, Notes called for redemption become
due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the redemption price, plus interest, if any, accrued to (but not including) the Redemption Date. Upon surrender to the Trustee or Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price, plus
accrued interest, if any, to (but not including) the Redemption Date, provided that if the Redemption Date is after a regular interest payment record date and on or prior to the next Interest Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be
payable to the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date. 
 At the Company’s option, the Company may
condition any call for redemption on the receipt of financing to fund the redemption within the notice period. Any such condition will be expressly stated in the notice of redemption and in any press release or other public statement mentioning the
call for redemption. If the financing condition is not satisfied during the notice period, the Notes will remain outstanding and the Company will make a public statement to that effect. 

Section 3.05    Deposit of Redemption Price. 

On or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on each Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent in immediately
available funds money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on that date which have been delivered by the Company
to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 On and after any Redemption Date, if money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued
interest on Notes called for redemption shall have been made available in accordance with the preceding paragraph and the Company and the Paying Agent are not prohibited from paying such moneys to Holders, the Notes called for redemption will
cease to accrue interest and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the redemption price of and, subject to the proviso in Section 3.04, accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes to the Redemption Date. If any
Note called for redemption shall not be so paid, interest will be paid, from the Redemption Date until such redemption payment is made, on the unpaid principal of the Note and any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case, at the rate
and in the manner provided in the Notes. 
 Section 3.06    Notes Redeemed in Part. 

Upon cancellation of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Trustee shall authenticate for a Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to the
unredeemed portion of the Note canceled. 

  
 -28- 

 ARTICLE 4. 

COVENANTS 

Section 4.01    Payment of Notes. 

The Company shall pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. 

An installment of principal or interest shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent holds on that date money
designated for and sufficient to pay such installment and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or otherwise. 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal, and overdue interest, to the extent lawful, at the rate specified in the Notes. 

Section 4.02    Reports to Holders. 

Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish the Holders
and the Trustee: 
 (a)    all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be
contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the
Company’s certified independent accountants; and 
 (b)    all current reports that would be
required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports, in each case within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations. 

In addition, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Company will file a copy of all such information and reports
with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon
request. In addition, the Company will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. Delivery of such
reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice or knowledge of any information contained therein or determinable from
information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 

Section 4.03    Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. 

The Company and each Guarantor covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they will not at any time insist upon, or plead (as
a defense or otherwise) or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, from paying all
or any portion of the principal of, premium, if any, and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and (to the
extent that they may lawfully do so) the Company and each Guarantor hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee,
but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 

Section 4.04    Compliance Certificate. 

(a)    The Company shall deliver to the Trustee on or before 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company
(commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019) and on or before 45 days after the end of the first, second and third quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an Officers’ Certificate which complies with TIA
Section 314(a)(4) stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during such fiscal 

  
 -29- 

 
year or fiscal quarter, as the case may be, has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether each has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its
obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge each has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture
and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions hereof (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have
knowledge and what action each is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if
any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action each is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

(b)    So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants, the year-end financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.02 above shall be accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm (who
shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination necessary for certification of such financial statements nothing has come to their attention which would lead them to believe that the Company has violated any
provisions of this Article 4 or Article 5 hereof or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly for any
failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation. 
 (c)    (i) If any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing or (ii) if any Holder seeks to exercise any remedy hereunder with respect to a claimed Default under this Indenture or the Notes, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying such event, notice or
other action within five Business Days of its becoming aware of such occurrence. 

Section 4.05    [Intentionally Omitted]. 

Section 4.06    Maintenance of Properties and Insurance. 

(a)    The Company shall cause all properties used in, or useful to the conduct of, its business or the business of any of
its Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and shall cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as
in its judgment may be necessary, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times unless the failure to so maintain such properties (together with all other such failures) would not
have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 4.06 shall prevent the Company or any
Subsidiary from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of such properties, or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company or the Subsidiary concerned,
as the case may be, desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders. 

(b)    The Company shall provide or cause to be provided, for itself and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, insurance
(including appropriate self-insurance) against loss or damage of the kinds that, in the reasonable, good faith opinion of the Company are adequate and appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Company and such Restricted Subsidiaries in a
prudent manner, with reputable insurers or with the government of the United States of America or an agency or instrumentality thereof, in such amounts, with such deductibles, and by such methods as shall be customary, in the good faith judgment of
the Company, for corporations similarly situated in the industry, unless the failure to provide such insurance (together with all other such failures) would not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of
the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 
 Section 4.07    Compliance with Laws. 

The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, orders and
restrictions of the United States of America, all states and municipalities thereof, and of any 

  
 -30- 

 
governmental department, commission, board, regulatory authority, bureau, agency and instrumentality of the foregoing, in respect of the conduct of its businesses and the ownership of its
properties, except for such noncompliances as would not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the business or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 

Section 4.08    Corporate Existence. 

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect
(i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company and of each
Restricted Subsidiary and the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or
franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders. 

Section 4.09    Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for
payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or
agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of
the Trustee as set forth in Section 12.02. 
 The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies
where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. 
 The
Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

The Company hereby initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee set forth in Section 12.02 as such office of the
Company. 
 Section 4.10    Limitation on Additional Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness
(including Acquired Indebtedness) other than Permitted Indebtedness and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any Preferred Stock, unless after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the issuance of any such Preferred
Stock and the receipt and application of the proceeds thereof, the Company’s Leverage Ratio is less than 7.0 to 1.0. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Preferred Stock may only be issued by a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the preceding sentence
to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary is a Guarantor. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10, in the event
that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first sentence above, the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall be
permitted to classify on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify, all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this covenant. Indebtedness permitted by this covenant need not be permitted solely by reference
to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by another one or more other provisions of this covenant permitting such Indebtedness. Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of
original issue discount and the accretion of accreted value shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant. 

  
 -31- 

 Section 4.11    Limitation on Restricted Payments. 

The Company will not make, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make, any Restricted Payment, unless:

 (a)    no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or
immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment; 
 (b)    immediately after giving pro
forma effect to such Restricted Payment, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) under Section 4.10; and 

(c)    immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the aggregate of all Restricted Payments
declared or made after the Existing Notes Issue Date does not exceed the sum of (without duplication): 

(1)    100% of the Company’s Cumulative EBITDA minus 1.4 times the Company’s Cumulative
Consolidated Interest Expense; plus 
 (2)    100% of the aggregate Net Proceeds and the fair market
value of securities or other property received by the Company, after January 1, 2001, from (a) the issue or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock or Capital Stock of the Company issued to any Subsidiary of the
Company) of the Company or any Indebtedness or other securities of the Company convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of the Company which has been so converted or exercised or
exchanged, as the case may be, (b) any capital contribution to the Company from Parent (except as contemplated by clause (vi) of the following paragraph), and (c) any loans made to the Company by Parent prior to the Existing Notes
Issue Date upon the cancellation of such loans by Parent; plus 
 (3)    the net reductions in
Investments (other than reductions in Permitted Investments) in any Person resulting from payments of interest on Indebtedness, dividends, repayments of loans, partial or total releases or discharges of Guaranteed Permitted Unrestricted Subsidiary
Obligations, or from designations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries, valued in each case at the fair market value thereof, not to exceed the amount of Investments previously made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
in such Person. 
 For purposes of determining under this clause (c) the amount expended for Restricted Payments, cash distributed
shall be valued at the face amount thereof and property other than cash shall be valued at its fair market value as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company reasonably and in good faith. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries may pay any dividend or make any distribution to the Parent
for the purpose of funding a payment of any dividend or making of any distribution on or in respect of shares of the Parent’s Capital Stock, in the case of each such dividend or distribution by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries
constituting a Restricted Payment, to the extent that the Parent believes in good faith that it qualifies as a “real estate investment trust” under Section 856 of the Code (or any successor provision) and that the declaration or
payment of a dividend or making of a distribution in such amount is necessary to maintain the Parent’s status as a REIT for any taxable year, with such dividend to be paid or distribution to be made as and when determined by the Parent, whether
during or after the end of the relevant taxable year; provided, however, that (i) at the time of, and after giving effect to, any such dividend or distribution, no Event of Default under Section 6.01(1), (2) (without giving effect to the
grace period set forth therein), (6) or (7) shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof and the obligations in respect of the notes shall not otherwise have been accelerated and (ii) two consecutive
dividends or distributions pursuant to this paragraph shall not be permitted during the pendency of any single Event of Default. 

  
 -32- 

 The provisions of this Section 4.11 shall not prohibit: 

(i)    the payment of any distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at such
date of declaration such payment would comply with the provisions of this Indenture; provided, however, that in calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments for purposes of Section 4.11(c), such amounts declared shall
be included in the calculation but such amounts expended shall be excluded from the calculation; 

(ii)    the retirement of any shares of Capital Stock of the Company or Indebtedness of the Company which
is subordinated or pari passu in right of payment to the Notes by conversion into, or by or in exchange for, shares of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock), or out of the Net Proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale
(other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of other shares of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Capital Stock); provided, however, that the amount of any such Net Proceeds that are utilized for any such retirement
shall be excluded from clause (c)(2) of this Section 4.11, provided further, however, that in calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments for purposes of Section 4.11(c), amounts expended pursuant to this
clause (ii) shall be excluded from the calculation; 
 (iii)    the redemption or retirement of
Indebtedness of the Company which is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes in exchange for, by conversion into, or out of the Net Proceeds of, a substantially concurrent sale or incurrence of Indebtedness (it being understood that a
redemption or retirement or irrevocable deposit for redemption or retirement of Indebtedness within 45 days of such sale or incurrence shall be deemed “substantially concurrent”) of the Company (other than any Indebtedness owed to a
Subsidiary of the Company) that is, contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes to at least the same extent as the subordinated Indebtedness being redeemed or retired and (x) has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the final
maturity date of the Indebtedness being redeemed or retired and (y) has an Average Life to Stated Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Average Life to Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being redeemed or retired; provided,
however, that the amount of any such Net Proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption or retirement shall be excluded from clause (c)(2) of this Section 4.11, provided further, however, that in calculating the
aggregate amount of Restricted Payments for purposes of Section 4.11(c) amounts expended pursuant to this clause (iii) shall be excluded from the calculation; 

(iv)    the funding of loans (but not including the forgiveness of any such loan) to executive officers,
directors and shareholders for relocation loans, bonus advances and other purposes consistent with past practices or the purchase, redemption or other acquisition for value of shares of Capital Stock of the Parent or the Company (other than
Disqualified Capital Stock) or options on such shares held by the Parent’s or the Company’s or the Restricted Subsidiaries’ officers or employees or former officers or employees (or their estates or trusts or beneficiaries under their
estates or trusts for the benefit of such beneficiaries) upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment of such current or former officers or employees pursuant to the terms of an employee benefit plan or any other agreement
pursuant to which such shares of Capital Stock or options were issued or pursuant to a severance, buy-sell or right of first refusal agreement with such current or former officer or employee; provided
that the aggregate amount of any such loans funded and cash consideration paid, or distributions made, pursuant to this clause (iv) do not in any one fiscal year exceed $7.0 million; provided further, however, that in
calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments for purposes of Section 4.11(c), amounts expended pursuant to this clause (iv) shall be excluded from the calculation; 

(v)    the making of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries and joint ventures in an aggregate amount not
to exceed since the Issue Date the greater of (A) $500.0 million and (B) 8% of the Company’s Total Assets (plus, so long as the condition set forth in Section 4.11(b) is satisfied at such time, an additional $50.0 million);
provided, however, that in calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date for purposes of Section 4.11(c), amounts expended pursuant to this clause (v) shall be excluded in the
calculation; 
 (vi)    distributions by the Company to Parent to permit Parent to pay obligations
actually incurred by Parent in respect of the payment of operating expenses of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed 5% of the total operating expenses of the

  
 -33- 

 
Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP and Tax Payments permitted by Section 4.14(b)(v); provided, however, that in
calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments for purposes of Section 4.11(c), amounts expended pursuant to this clause (vi) shall be excluded from the calculation; 

(vii)    other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20.0 million in the
aggregate; provided, however, that in calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date for purposes of Section 4.11(c), amounts expended pursuant to this clause (vii) shall be excluded
in the calculation; and 
 (viii)    the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for
value of any Indebtedness that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the Guarantees in accordance with Sections 4.13 and 4.19; provided, however, that all Notes tendered in connection with a Change of
Control Offer or Excess Proceeds Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value prior to any Restricted Payment being made pursuant to this clause (viii); provided further, however, that in calculating the
aggregate amount of Restricted Payments for purposes of Section 4.11(c), amounts expended pursuant to this clause (viii) shall be excluded from the calculation; 

(ix)    the defeasance, redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of
Indebtedness that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes if, at the time of such defeasance, redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement and after giving effect thereto, the Secured Leverage Ratio
would be less than 4.5 to 1.0; provided, however, that in calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made for purposes of Section 4.11(c), amounts expended pursuant to this clause (ix) shall be excluded from the calculation;
and 
 (x)    any consideration, payment, dividend, distribution or other transfer in connection with a
Permitted Securitization Financing. 
 Section 4.12    Limitation on Layering. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur, contingently or otherwise, any
Indebtedness that is both (i) subordinate in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Guarantors, as the case may be, and (ii) pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or any of the Guarantees, as the
case may be. 
 Section 4.13    Limitation on Certain Asset Sales. 

(a)    The Company will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

 (i)    the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the
time of such sale or other disposition at least equal to the fair market value thereof (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, and evidenced by a Board Resolution); 

(ii)    not less than 75% of the consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as
the case may be, is in the form of cash or cash equivalents (those equivalents allowed under “Temporary Cash Investments”) or Replacement Assets (as defined below); provided, however, that the amount of (x) any
liabilities of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries that are assumed by the transferee of such assets and for which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are released, including any such Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary whose
stock is purchased by the transferee and (y) any notes or other securities received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary which are converted into cash within 180 days after such Asset Sale (to the extent of cash received) shall be
deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision; and 

  
 -34- 

 (iii)    the Asset Sale Proceeds received by the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary are applied: 
 (a)    first, to the extent the Company elects, or is
required, to permanently prepay, repay or purchase existing Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility or Purchase Money Indebtedness that ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes solely to the extent that such Asset Sale
involves property or assets securing such Purchase Money Indebtedness pursuant to a Lien granted pursuant to clause (iv) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” within 360 days following the receipt of the Asset Sale Proceeds from
any Asset Sale; provided, however, that any such repayment shall result in a permanent reduction of the commitments thereunder in an amount equal to the principal amount so repaid; 

(b)    second, to the extent of the balance of Asset Sale Proceeds after application as described above, to
the extent the Company elects, to an investment in assets (including Capital Stock or other securities purchased in connection with the acquisition of Capital Stock or property of another Person that is, or becomes, a Subsidiary of the Company or
that would constitute a Permitted Investment under clause (v) of the definition thereof) used or useful in businesses similar or ancillary to the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries as conducted at the time of such Asset
Sale (collectively, “Replacement Assets”), provided, however, that such investment occurs and such Asset Sale Proceeds are so applied within 360 days following the receipt of such Asset Sale Proceeds (the
“Reinvestment Date”); and 
 (c)    third, if on the Reinvestment Date with respect to
any Asset Sale, the Available Asset Sale Proceeds exceed $50.0 million, the Company shall apply an amount equal to such Available Asset Sale Proceeds to an offer to repurchase the Notes, at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (an “Excess Proceeds Offer”); provided, however, that the Company may, at the time that it makes any such Excess Proceeds
Offer, also offer to purchase, at a price in cash equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the purchase date, any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment with the
Notes (a “Pari Passu Excess Proceeds Offer”) and to the extent the Company so elects to make a Pari Passu Excess Proceeds Offer, Notes and such pari passu Indebtedness shall be purchased pursuant to such Excess Proceeds Offer
and Pari Passu Excess Proceeds Offer, respectively, on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate principal amount of such Notes and pari passu Indebtedness then outstanding. To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes
tendered pursuant to an Excess Proceeds Offer is less than the Available Asset Sale Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate principal
amount of pari passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to a Pari Passu Excess Proceeds Offer is less than such pari passu Indebtedness’s pro rata share of such Available Asset Sale Proceeds, the Company shall use such
remaining Available Asset Sale Proceeds to purchase any Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to such Excess Proceeds Offer. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by holders thereof exceeds the
Available Asset Sale Proceeds or to the extent the Company elects to make a Pari Passu Excess Proceeds Offer, exceeds the Notes’ pro rata share of such Available Asset Sale Proceeds, then Notes to be purchased will be selected on a
pro rata basis (subject to applicable DTC procedures). Upon completion of such Excess Proceeds Offer, the amount of Available Asset Sale Proceeds shall be reset to zero. 

  
 -35- 

 (b)    If the Company is required to make an Excess Proceeds Offer, the
Company shall send, within 30 days following the Reinvestment Date, a notice to the Holders with a copy to the Trustee which shall include, among other things, the instructions, determined by the Company, that each such Holder must follow in order
to have such Notes repurchased and the calculations used in determining the amount of Available Asset Sale Proceeds to be applied to the repurchase of such Notes. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Excess Proceeds Offer, shall also
state: 
 (1)    that the Excess Proceeds Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.13 and that
the Excess Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement or such longer period as may be required by law (the “Offer Period”); 

(2)    that such Holders have the right to require the Company to apply the Available Asset Sale Proceeds
to repurchase such Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase; 

(3)    the purchase price and the purchase date (the “Purchase Date”) which shall be no
earlier than 30 days and not later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent; 
 (4)    that any
Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest; 
 (5)    that any Note
accepted for payment pursuant to the Excess Proceeds Offer shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Purchase Date; 

(6)    that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Excess Proceeds Offer will be
required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Company, a depository, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the
notice at least three Business Days before the Purchase Date; 
 (7)    that Holders will be entitled to
withdraw their election if the Company, depository or Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the
Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Note purchased; 

(8)    that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal
amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; 
 (9)    whether the Company is also making
a Pari Passu Excess Proceeds Offer and to the extent the Company is also making such a Pari Passu Excess Proceeds Offer the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such pari passu Indebtedness which may be purchased by the Company on a pro
rata basis based on the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such pari passu Indebtedness then outstanding (including any calculations with respect thereto); and 

(10)    that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Available Asset
Sale Proceeds or to the extent the Company elects to make a Pari Passu Excess Proceeds Offer, the Notes’ pro rata share of such Available Asset Sale Proceeds, the Company shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis
(with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 thereof, shall be purchased). 

On or before the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent
necessary, Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Excess Proceeds Offer, deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. legal tender sufficient to pay the purchase price plus accrued interest, if any, on the Notes to be purchased and deliver to the
Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.13. The Paying Agent shall promptly (but in any case not later than three
Business Days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Note tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly issue a new Note, and
the Trustee shall authenticate and mail or make available for delivery such new Note to such Holder equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the
Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Excess Proceeds Offer on the Purchase Date. 

  
 -36- 

 Section 4.14    Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.

 (a)    The Company will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter
into or suffer to exist any transaction or series of related transactions with any Affiliate (an “Affiliate Transaction”) or extend, renew, waive or otherwise modify the terms of any Affiliate Transaction entered into prior to the
Issue Date unless the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are fair and reasonable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, or the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are at least as favorable as the terms which could be
obtained by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in a comparable transaction made on an arm’s-length basis between unaffiliated parties. In any Affiliate Transaction involving an
amount or having a value in excess of $20.0 million, the Company must obtain a Board Resolution approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company (and a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of
Directors of the Company) certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.14. 
 (b)    The
foregoing provisions will not apply to: 
 (i)    any Restricted Payment that is not prohibited by
Section 4.11 (other than those described in clause (v) of the second paragraph thereunder); 

(ii)    any transaction between the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or between Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
 (iii)    the payment of reasonable and customary regular fees to directors of the
Company who are not employees of the Company and any employment and consulting arrangements entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with their executives or consultants in the ordinary course of business; 

(iv)    any transaction with a joint venture or similar entity which would constitute an Affiliate
Transaction solely because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such joint venture or similar entity; provided that no Affiliate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall have a beneficial interest in such joint venture or similar entity; 

(v)    for so long as the Company is a member of a group filing a consolidated or combined tax return with
Parent, payments to Parent in respect of (A) an allocable portion of the tax liabilities of such group that is attributable to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taking into account any carryovers and carrybacks of tax attributes (such as net
operating losses) of the Company and such Subsidiaries from other taxable years and (B) any cancellation of debt income in connection with any refinancing of Indebtedness of Parent (collectively, “Tax Payments”);
provided that any Tax Payments received from the Company shall be paid over to the appropriate taxing authority within 30 days of Parent’s receipt of such Tax Payments or refunded to the Company; 

(vi)    any employment, indemnification, severance or other agreement or transactions relating to employee
benefits or benefit plans with any employee, consultant or director of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that is entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; or 

(vii)    any transaction of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries which would constitue a Permitted
Securitization Financing. 
 Section 4.15    Limitation on Liens. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become
effective any Liens of any kind (other than Permitted Liens) to secure Indebtedness upon any Property, assets, income or profits of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any shares of 

  
 -37- 

 
stock or debt of any Restricted Subsidiary (whether or not any of the foregoing is now owned or hereafter acquired), unless: 

(i)    if such Lien secures Indebtedness which is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes,
then the Notes are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations so secured until such time as such obligation is no longer secured by a Lien; or 

(ii)    if such Lien secures Indebtedness which is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, any such
Lien shall be subordinated to a Lien granted to the Holders of the Notes in the same collateral as that securing such Lien to the same extent as such subordinated Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes. 

Section 4.16    Limitation on Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer
to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 

(a)    pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary on its
Capital Stock; 
 (b)    pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(c)    make loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(d)    transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(e)    grant Liens or security interests on the assets of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries in
favor of the Holders of the Notes; or 
 (f)    guarantee the Notes or any renewals or refinancings
thereof, 
 in each case, except for Permitted Dividend Encumbrances. 

Section 4.17    Limitation on Guarantees of Certain Indebtedness. 

The Company will not permit any of the: 

(A)    domestic Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Guarantors) to: (i) incur, guarantee or secure
through the granting of Liens the payment of any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or (ii) pledge any intercompany notes representing obligations of any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to secure the payment of any
Indebtedness of the Company, or 
 (B)    Restricted Subsidiaries that are not domestic Restricted
Subsidiaries to guarantee the Senior Credit Facility, 
 in each case unless such Restricted Subsidiary, the Company and the Trustee execute and deliver a
supplemental indenture evidencing such Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to Article 10 of this Indenture. Thereafter, such Restricted Subsidiary shall be a Guarantor for all purposes of this Indenture. 

Section 4.18    Payments for Consent. 

Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of
interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder of any Notes for or as an inducement to 

  
 -38- 

 
any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or agreed to be paid to all Holders of the Notes
which so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 

Section 4.19    Change of Control. 

(a)    Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (the date of such occurrence, the “Change of Control
Date”), the Company will notify the Holders of the Notes in writing of such occurrence and shall make an offer to purchase (a “Change of Control Offer”), and shall purchase, on a Business Day (a “Change of Control
Purchase Date”) not more than 60 nor less than 30 days following the Change of Control Date all of the then outstanding Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
Change of Control Purchase Date (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”). 
 (b)    Notice of a Change
of Control Offer shall be sent by the Company not later than the 30th day after the Change of Control Date to the Holders of the Notes at their last registered addresses with a copy to the Trustee and the Paying Agent. The Change of Control Offer
shall remain open from the time of sending for at least 20 Business Days and until 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Change of Control Purchase Date. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer, shall include such
disclosures as are required by law and shall state: 
 (i)    that the Change of Control Offer is being
made pursuant to this Section 4.19 and that all Notes validly tendered into the Change of Control Offer and not withdrawn will be accepted for payment; 

(ii)    the purchase price (including the amount of accrued interest, if any) for each Note, the Change of
Control Purchase Date and the date on which the Change of Control Offer expires; 
 (iii)    that any
Note not tendered for payment will continue to accrue interest in accordance with the terms thereof; 

(iv)    that, unless the Company shall default in the payment of the purchase price, any Note accepted for
payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Purchase Date; 

(v)    that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required
to surrender their Notes to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Change of Control Purchase Date and must complete any form of letter of transmittal proposed by the Company and
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and the Paying Agent; 
 (vi)    that Holders of Notes will be
entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Change of Control Purchase Date, a tested telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the
principal amount of Notes the Holder delivered for purchase, the Note certificate number (if any) and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Notes purchased; 

(vii)    that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be issued Notes equal in principal amount
to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; 
 (viii)    the instructions that Holders must
follow in order to tender their Notes; and 
 (ix)    information concerning the business of the Company,
the most recent annual and quarterly reports of the Company filed with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act (or, if the Company is not then permitted to file any such reports with the SEC, the comparable reports prepared pursuant to
Section 4.02), a description of material developments in the Company’s business, information with respect to 

  
 -39- 

 
pro forma historical financial information after giving effect to such Change of Control and such other information concerning the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of
Control Offer as would be material to a Holder of Notes in connection with the decision of such Holder as to whether or not it should tender Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. 

On the Change of Control Purchase Date, the Company shall (i) accept for payment Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to
the Change of Control Offer, (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent money, in immediately available funds, sufficient to pay the purchase price of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and accepted and (iii) deliver to the Trustee the
Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the Notes or portions thereof tendered to and accepted for payment by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail or deliver to the Holders of Notes so accepted
payment in an amount equal to the purchase price, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail or deliver to such Holders a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that each
such new Note shall be issued in an original principal amount in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 thereof. Any Notes not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will
publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer not later than the first Business Day following the Change of Control Purchase Date. 

In the event that a Change of Control occurs and the Holders of Notes exercise their right to require the Company to purchase Notes, if such
purchase constitutes a “tender offer” for purposes of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act at that time, the Company will comply with the requirements of
Rule 14e-1 as then in effect with respect to such repurchase. 

Section 4.20    Effectiveness of Covenants. 

(a)    After the Issue Date, following the first day: (i) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from both of the
Ratings Agencies; and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture; the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to Sections 4.10, 4.11, 4.13, 4.14, 4.16 and 5.01(a)(ii) of this Indenture (collectively,
the “Suspended Covenants”). 
 (b)    If at any time the Notes’ credit rating is downgraded from
an Investment Grade Rating by any Rating Agency, then the Suspended Covenants will thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “Reinstatement Date”) and be applicable pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture (including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain an Investment Grade Rating and no Default or Event of Default
is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Rating); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to
exist or have occurred under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring during
the Suspension Period or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reinstatement Date, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants
remained in effect during such period. The period of time between the date of suspension of the covenants and the Reinstatement Date is referred to as the “Suspension Period.” 

(c)    On the Reinstatement Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been
outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under clause (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness”. Calculations made after the Reinstatement Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted
Payments under Section 4.11 will be made as though Section 4.11 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount
available to be made as Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of Section 4.11 to the extent such Restricted Payments were not otherwise permitted to be made pursuant to clauses (i) through (ix) of the third paragraph of
Section 4.11, provided that the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments on the Reinstatement Date pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 4.11 shall not be reduced below zero solely as a result of such Restricted Payments
under Section 4.11. Additionally, upon any Reinstatement Date, the amount of Available Asset Sale Proceeds will be reset to zero. 

  
 -40- 

 (d)    During any period when the Suspended Covenants are suspended, the
Board of Directors of the Company may not designate any of the Company’s Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this Indenture. The Company shall give the Trustee prompt written notification of the beginning of any Suspension
Period or any Reinstatement Date. 
 ARTICLE 5. 

SUCCESSOR CORPORATION 

Section 5.01    Limitation on Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets. 

(a)    The Company will not, directly or indirectly, in any transaction or series of transactions, merge or consolidate
with or into, or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets (as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in one transaction or a series of related transactions), to any
Person or Persons, unless at the time of and after giving effect thereto: 
 (i)    either (A) if
the transaction or series of transactions is a merger or consolidation, the Company shall be the surviving Person of such merger or consolidation, or (B) the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which
the properties and assets of the Company, are transferred (any such surviving person or transferee Person being the “Surviving Entity”) shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America,
any state thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume by a supplemental indenture executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this
Indenture, and in each case, this Indenture shall remain in full force and effect; and 

(ii)    immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of
transactions on a pro forma basis (including, without limitation, any Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions), no Default or Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing and the Company or the Surviving Entity, as the case may be, after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis (including, without limitation, any Indebtedness incurred or
anticipated to be incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions), (A) could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof (assuming a market rate of interest with respect
to such additional Indebtedness) or (B) would have a Leverage Ratio that is no greater than the Leverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to such transaction. 

(b)    In connection with any consolidation, merger or transfer of assets contemplated by this Section 5.01, the
Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and the
supplemental indenture in respect thereto comply with this Section 5.01 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction or transactions have been complied with. 

Any reference herein to a merger, transfer, consolidation, amalgamation, consolidation, assignment, sale, disposition or transfer, or similar term, shall be
deemed to apply to a division of or by a limited liability company, or an allocation of assets to a series of a limited liability company (or the unwinding of such a division or allocation), as if it were a merger, transfer, consolidation,
amalgamation, consolidation, assignment, sale, disposition or transfer, or similar term, as applicable, to, of or with a separate Person. Any division of a limited liability company shall constitute a separate Person hereunder (and each division of
any limited liability company that is a Subsidiary, joint venture or any other like term shall also constitute such a Person or entity). 

Section 5.02    Successor Person Substituted. 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in
accordance with Section 5.01 above, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted

  
 -41- 

 
for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor corporation had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter (except
with respect to any such transfer which is a lease) the predecessor corporation shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes. 

ARTICLE 6. 
 DEFAULTS
AND REMEDIES 
 Section 6.01    Events of Default. 

An “Event of Default” occurs if: 

(1)    there is a default in the payment of any principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes when the
same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise; 
 (2)    there is
a default in the payment of any interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable and the Default continues for a period of 30 days; 

(3)    the Company or any Guarantor defaults in the observance or performance of any other covenant in the
Notes or this Indenture for 45 days (or in the case of Section 4.02, 120 days) after written notice from the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; 

(4)    there is a default or are defaults under one or more agreements, instruments, mortgages, bonds,
debentures or other evidences of Indebtedness under which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company then has outstanding Indebtedness in excess of $100.0 million, individually or in the aggregate, and either (a) such
Indebtedness is already due and payable in full or (b) such default or defaults have resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such Indebtedness; 

(5)    a court of competent jurisdiction enters a final judgment or judgments which can no longer be
appealed for the payment of money in excess of $100.0 million (not covered by insurance) against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and such judgment remains undischarged for a period of 60 consecutive days during which a stay of
enforcement of such judgment shall not be in effect; 
 (6)    the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (A)    commences a voluntary case, 

(B)    consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 

(C)    consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,
makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 
 (D)    generally is not paying its
debts as they become due; or 
 (7)    a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under
any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (A)    is for relief against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an
involuntary case, 

  
 -42- 

 (B)    appoints a Custodian of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or 

(C)    orders the liquidation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, 

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days. 

The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term
“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 The Trustee
may withhold notice to the Holders of the Notes of any Default (except in payment of principal or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes) in accordance with Section 7.05. 

Section 6.02    Acceleration. 

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default arising under Section 6.01(6) or (7)) shall have occurred and be continuing, then
the Trustee by written notice to the Company, or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding may by written notice to the Company and the Trustee declare to be
immediately due and payable the entire principal amount of all the Notes then outstanding plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of acceleration, in which case such amounts shall become immediately due and payable; provided,
however, that after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind and annul such
acceleration and its consequences if (i) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, have been cured or waived,
(ii) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid and (iii) if the
rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. In case an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) with respect to the
Company occurs, such principal, premium, if any, and interest amount with respect to all of the Notes shall be due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 6.03    Other Remedies. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedies by proceeding at law or in equity to collect
the payment of principal of or premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay
or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any
other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 Section 6.04    Waiver of
Past Defaults and Events of Default. 
 Subject to Sections 6.02, 6.07 and 8.02 hereof, the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding have the right to waive any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall
cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent
thereto. 

  
 -43- 

 Section 6.05    Control by Majority. 

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding may direct the time, method
and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee by this Indenture. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this
Indenture or that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Noteholder or that may involve the Trustee in personal or corporate liability; provided that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by
the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. 
 Section 6.06    Limitation on Suits. 

Subject to Section 6.07 below, a Noteholder may not institute any proceeding or pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the
Notes unless: 
 (1)    the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

 (2)    the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional
Notes, if any) then outstanding make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 

(3)    such Holder or Holders provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any
loss, liability or expense incurred in compliance with such request; 
 (4)    the Trustee does not
comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and 

(5)    no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60 day
period by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. 
 A Noteholder may not use this Indenture
to prejudice the rights of another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Noteholder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to determine whether or not such action or forebearances are unduly
prejudicial to such Holders). 
 Section 6.07    Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.

 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (but in any event subject to the provisions of Articles 10 and 11), the right of
any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, or premium, if any, and interest of the Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective
dates, is absolute and unconditional and shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder. 

Section 6.08    Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default in payment of principal, premium or interest specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company or the Guarantors (or any other obligor on the Notes) for the whole amount of unpaid principal and accrued interest remaining unpaid,
together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate then borne by the Notes, and such further amounts as shall be sufficient
to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 

  
 -44- 

 Section 6.09    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Noteholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company or the Guarantors (or any
other obligor upon the Notes), any of their respective creditors or any of their respective property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute
the same after deduction of its charges and expenses to the extent that any such charges and expenses are not paid out of the estate in any such proceedings and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Noteholder to
make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. 
 Nothing herein
contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder any plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof,
or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceedings. 

Section 6.10    Priorities. 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof; 

SECOND: to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest as to each,
ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes; and 
 THIRD: to
the Company or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount from any Guarantor, to such Guarantor. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date
and payment date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section 6.10. 

Section 6.11    Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted
by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to
Section 6.07 hereof or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding. 

  
 -45- 

 ARTICLE 7. 

TRUSTEE 

Section 7.01    Duties of Trustee. 

(a)    If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers
vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the same circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs. 

(b)    Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1)    The Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no
covenants or obligations whatsoever shall be implied in this Indenture against the Trustee. 
 (2)    In
the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the
requirements of this Indenture but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether
or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 

(c)    The Trustee shall be relieved from liability except for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act,
or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1)    This paragraph does not limit the effect of
paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01. 
 (2)    The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts. 

(3)    The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith
in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Sections 6.02 and 6.05 hereof relating to the time, place, and method of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred
upon the Trustee under this Indenture with respect to the Notes of that series. 
 (d)    No provision of this Indenture
shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate
indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 (e)    Whether or not
therein expressly so provided, paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 7.01 shall govern every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee. 

(f)    The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing
with the Company or any Guarantor. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by the law. 

Section 7.02    Rights of Trustee. 

Subject to Section 7.01 hereof: 

(1)    The Trustee may conclusively rely on and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting
upon any document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such
further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company,
personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

  
 -46- 

 (2)    Any request, direction, order, or demand of the
Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution (or an authorized board committee thereof) or a Company Request (unless other evidence in respect thereof is specifically prescribed herein). 

(3)    Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an
Opinion of Counsel, or both, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 12.05 hereof. The Trustee shall be protected and shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or
opinion. 
 (4)    The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or
negligence of any agent appointed by it with due care. 
 (5)    The Trustee shall not be liable for any
action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers. 

(6)    The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel as
to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 

(7)    The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by
this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have provided to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities
which may be incurred therein or thereby. 
 (8)    The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any
Default or Event of Default unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 

(9)    Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter
be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may request, and in the absence of bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, rely upon an
Officers’ Certificate. 
 (10)    In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for
special, punitive, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the
form of action. 
 (11)    The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the
Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 

(12)    The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of
individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture. 

(13)    In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance
of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or
natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of 

  
 -47- 

 
utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the
banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 

Section 7.03    Individual Rights of Trustee. 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from,
perform services for or otherwise deal with the Company or any Guarantor, or any Affiliates thereof, with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee, however, shall be subject to
Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 
 Section 7.04    Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the
Company’s use of the proceeds from the sale of Notes or any money paid to the Company pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or in the Notes other than its certificate of
authentication. 
 Section 7.05    Notice of Default. 

If a Default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if the Trustee has received written notice of such, the Trustee shall mail to
each Noteholder notice of the Default or the Event of Default, as the case may be, within 30 days after it is known to the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default or an Event of Default in payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or
interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Board of Directors of the Trustee, the executive committee or any trust committee of such board and/or its Responsible Officers in good faith determine(s) that
withholding the notice is in the interests of the Noteholders. 
 Section 7.06    Reports by Trustee to
Holders. 
 If required by the TIA, within 60 days after May 15 of each year, commencing the May 15 following the date of this
Indenture, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder a brief report dated as of such May 15 that complies with TIA Section 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Sections 313(b) and 313(c). 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall be filed with the SEC, the New York Stock Exchange and each other stock
exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any other stock exchange and the Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 313(d). 

Section 7.07    Compensation and Indemnity. 

The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its services. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be
limited by any provision of law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. 
 The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request
for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by it in connection with its duties under this Indenture, including the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 

The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold it harmless against, any and all loss or
liability incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or performance of its duties under this Indenture including without limitation the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the
exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek indemnity thereunder. 

  
 -48- 

 However, the failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company
or any Guarantor of its obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and the Guarantors need not reimburse the Trustee for any expense or indemnify it against any loss or liability incurred by the Trustee through its gross negligence or
bad faith. To secure the payment obligations of the Company in this Section 7.07 and the Guarantors in Article 10, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee except such money or
property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. 
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after
an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the Trustee’s services are intended to constitute priority expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 

For purposes of this Section 7.07, the term “Trustee” shall include any trustee appointed pursuant to Article 9. The
provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Indenture. 
 Section 7.08    Replacement of
Trustee. 
 The Trustee may resign by so notifying the Company in writing 30 days prior to such resignation’s effectiveness. 

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by notifying the removed Trustee 30 days prior
to such removal’s effectiveness in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Company’s written consent which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company may remove the Trustee at its election if: 

(1)    the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(2)    the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent; 

(3)    a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(4)    the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly notify each
Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. 
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, any Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal
of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to
the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Immediately following such delivery, the retiring Trustee shall, subject to its rights under Section 7.07 hereof, transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, the resignation or
removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Noteholder. 

Section 7.09    Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger or Conversion. 

If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust assets to, another
corporation, subject to Section 7.10 hereof, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 

  
 -49- 

 Section 7.10    Eligibility; Disqualification. 

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5) in every respect.
The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $150,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 310(b), including the provision in
Section 310(b)(1). 
 Section 7.11    Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 

The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who
has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 

Section 7.12    Paying Agents. 

The Company shall cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to it and the Trustee an instrument in which such
agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 7.12: 
 (1)    that
it will hold all sums held by it as agent for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any obligor on the Notes) in trust for the benefit of Holders of
the Notes or the Trustee; 
 (2)    that it will at any time during the continuance of any Event of
Default, upon written request from the Trustee, deliver to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by it together with a full accounting thereof; and 

(3)    that it will give the Trustee written notice within three (3) Business Days of any failure of
the Company (or by any obligor on the Notes) in the payment of any installment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes when the same shall be due and payable. 

ARTICLE 8. 
 AMENDMENTS,
SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS 
 Section 8.01    Without Consent of Holders. 

The Company and the Guarantors, when authorized by a Board Resolution of each of them, and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture
or the Notes without notice to or consent of any Noteholder: 
 (1)    to comply with Section 5.01
hereof; 
 (2)    to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes; 

(3)    to add new Guarantors pursuant to Section 10.04; 

(4)    to comply with any requirements of the SEC under the TIA; or 

(5)    to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency (including any amendment or supplement to conform the
text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of Notes” contained in the Company’s Offering Memorandum dated May 11, 2020), or to make any other change that does not adversely affect the
rights of any Noteholder. 
 Upon the request of the Company, accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such
supplemental indenture, the Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company and the Guarantors in the 

  
 -50- 

 
execution of any supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained, but
the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such supplemental indenture which adversely affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture. 

Section 8.02    With Consent of Holders. 

The Company, the Guarantors, when authorized by a Board Resolution of each of them, and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or
the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) without notice to any Noteholder. The Holders of not less than a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any Noteholder. Subject to
Section 8.04, without the consent of each Noteholder affected, however, an amendment, supplement or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04, may not: 

(1)    reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver to this
Indenture or the Notes; 
 (2)    reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any
Note; 
 (3)    reduce the principal of or premium on or change the Stated Maturity of any Note; 

(4)    make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note; 

(5)    change the amount or time of any payment required by the Notes or reduce the premium payable upon
any redemption of the Notes, or change the time before which no such redemption may be made; 

(6)    waive a default in the payment of the principal of, interest on, or redemption payment with respect
to, any Note; 
 (7)    make any changes in Sections 6.04 or 6.07 hereof or this sentence of
Section 8.02; 
 (8)    amend, alter, change or modify the obligation of the Company to make and
consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or make and consummate an Excess Proceeds Offer after such obligation has arisen or waive any Default in the performance of any such offers or modify any of the provisions or
definitions with respect to any such offers; or 
 (9)    take any other action otherwise prohibited by
this Indenture to be taken without the consent of each holder affected thereby. 
 Upon the request of the Company, accompanied by a Board
Resolution authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the receipt by the Trustee of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Noteholders as aforesaid and upon receipt by the Trustee of the
documents described in Section 8.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or
immunities under this Indenture, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture. 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 8.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 

  
 -51- 

 Section 8.03    Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 

Every amendment to or supplement of this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect. 

Section 8.04    Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

Until an amendment, supplement, waiver or other action becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent
conclusive and binding upon such Holder and every subsequent Holder of the same Note or portion thereof, and of any Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in place thereof, even if notation of the consent is not made on any
such Note. Any such Holder or subsequent Holder, however, may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of a Note, if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement, waiver or other action becomes
effective. 
 The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to
consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver which record date shall be at least 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at
such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after
such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date. 
 After an amendment,
supplement, waiver or other action becomes effective, it shall bind every Noteholder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (9) of Section 8.02 hereof. In that case the amendment, supplement, waiver or other
action shall bind each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note; provided that any such waiver shall not impair or
affect the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates without
the consent of such Holder. 
 Section 8.05    Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

If an amendment, supplement, or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may request the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the
Trustee. In such case, the Trustee shall place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and
the Trustee shall authenticate a new security that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment supplement or waiver. 

Section 8.06    Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc. 

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 8 if the amendment, supplement or waiver
does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may, but need not, sign it. In signing or refusing to sign such amendment, supplement or waiver the Trustee shall be entitled to receive
and, subject to Section 7.01 hereof, shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and has been
duly authorized, executed and delivered and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against the Company. The Company or any Guarantor may not sign an amendment or supplement until the Board of Directors of the Company or such
Guarantor, as appropriate, approves it. 

  
 -52- 

 ARTICLE 9. 

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 

Section 9.01    Discharge of Indenture. 

The Company and the Guarantors may terminate their obligations under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture, except the obligations
referred to in the last paragraph of this Section 9.01, if 
 (1)    either 

(a)    there shall have been canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation all Notes
theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than any Notes that are asserted to have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that shall have been replaced as provided in Section 2.07 hereof) or 

(b)    all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation: 

(i) have become due and payable by the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise; 

(ii) will become due and payable within one year; or 

(iii) are to be called for redemption within 12 months under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the
giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the reasonable expense, of the Company or a Guarantor; 

(2)    in the case of any termination pursuant to clause (1)(b) of this Section 9.01, 

(a)    no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or
shall occur as a result of such deposit, and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is
bound; 
 (b)    the Company has delivered (i) irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this
Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be, and (ii) an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein
provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with; and 

(c)    the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee
funds in trust for the purpose in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes to the date of
such deposit (in case of Notes that have become due and payable) or to the Maturity Date or Redemption Date, as the case may be; and 

(3)    in the case of any termination pursuant to clause (1)(a) or (1)(b) of this Section 9.01, the
Company or any Guarantor has paid all sums payable by the Company or such Guarantor hereunder. 
 After the satisfaction of such conditions,
the Trustee upon written request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified below. 

  
 -53- 

 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the
Company in Sections 7.07, 9.05 and 9.06 hereof shall survive. 
 Section 9.02    Legal Defeasance. 

The Company may at its option, by Board Resolution, be discharged from its obligations with respect to the Notes and the Guarantors discharged
from their obligations under the Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be
deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the Notes and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the
Company, shall, subject to Section 9.06 hereof, execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (A) the rights of Holders of outstanding
Notes to receive solely from the trust funds described in Section 9.04 hereof and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due,
(B) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08 and 4.09 hereof, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, and immunities of the Trustee hereunder (including claims of, or
payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof) and (D) this Article 9. Subject to compliance with this Article 9, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 9.02 with respect to the Notes
notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 9.03 below with respect to the Notes. 

Section 9.03    Covenant Defeasance. 

At the option of the Company, pursuant to a Board Resolution, the Company and the Guarantors shall be released from their respective
obligations under Sections 4.02 through 4.08 and Sections 4.10 through 4.19 hereof, inclusive, and Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 hereof
are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or
limitation set forth in any such specified Section or portion thereof, whether directly or indirectly by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such specified Section or portion thereof or by reason of any reference in any such
specified Section or portion thereof to any other provision herein or in any other document, but the remainder of this Indenture and the Notes shall be unaffected thereby. 

Section 9.04    Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

The following shall be the conditions to application of Section 9.02 or Section 9.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes: 

(1)    the Company shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another
trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 7.10 hereof who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Article 9 applicable to it) as funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as
security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, (A) money in an amount, or (B) U.S. Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with
their terms will provide, not later than the due date of any payment, money in an amount, or (C) a combination thereof, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally-recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written
certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the outstanding Notes at
the Maturity Date of such principal, premium, if any, or interest, or on dates for payment and redemption of such principal, premium, if any, and interest selected in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of the Notes; 

(2)    no Event of Default or Default with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on
the date of such deposit, or shall have occurred and be continuing at any time during the period 

  
 -54- 

 
ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit or, if longer, ending on the day following the expiration of the longest preference period under any Bankruptcy Law applicable to the Company
in respect of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such period); 

(3)    such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting
interest for purposes of the TIA with respect to any securities of the Company; 
 (4)    such Legal
Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute default under any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound; 

(5)    the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that, as a result of
such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, neither the trust nor the Trustee will be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; 

(6)    in the case of an election under Section 9.02 above, the Company shall have delivered to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling to the effect that or (ii) there has been a change in any applicable Federal income tax law
with the effect that, and such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes or persons in their positions will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes solely as a result of such Legal Defeasance and
will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner, including as a result of prepayment, and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

(7)    in the case of an election under Section 9.03 hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the
same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(8)    the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to either the Legal Defeasance under Section 9.02 above or the Covenant Defeasance under Section 9.03 hereof (as the case may be) have been complied with; 

(9)    the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the
deposit under clause (1) was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or others; and 

(10)    the Company shall have paid or duly provided for payment under terms mutually satisfactory to the
Company and the Trustee all amounts then due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof. 

Section 9.05    Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions. 
 All money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to
Section 9.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the
Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by
law. 

  
 -55- 

 The Company and the Guarantors shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or
other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 9.04 hereof or the principal, premium, if any, and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which
by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 Anything in this Article 9 to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 9.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent
public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

Section 9.06    Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01, 9.02, 9.03 or
9.04 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and each Guarantor’s obligations
under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 9 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S.
Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01, 9.02, 9.03 or 9.04 hereof; provided, however, that if the Company or the Guarantors have made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or accrued interest on any Notes
because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the
Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 Section 9.07    Moneys Held by Paying Agent. 

In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, all moneys then held by any Paying Agent under the provisions of this
Indenture shall, upon demand of the Company, be paid to the Trustee, or if sufficient moneys have been deposited pursuant to Section 9.01 hereof, to the Company (or, if such moneys had been deposited by the Guarantors, to such Guarantors), and
thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys. 

Section 9.08    Moneys Held by Trustee. 

Any moneys deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or then held by the Company or the Guarantors in trust for the payment of the
principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Note that are not applied but remain unclaimed by the Holder of such Note for two years after the date upon which the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on such Note shall have
respectively become due and payable shall be repaid to the Company (or, if appropriate, the Guarantors) upon Company Request, or if such moneys are then held by the Company or the Guarantors in trust, such moneys shall be released from such trust;
and the Holder of such Note entitled to receive such payment shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company and the Guarantors for the payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect
to such trust money shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or any such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may, at the expense of the Company and the Guarantors, either mail to each
Noteholder affected, at the address shown in the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof, or cause to be published once a week for two successive weeks, in a newspaper published in the English language,
customarily published each Business Day and of general circulation in the City of New York, New York, a notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such
mailing or publication, any unclaimed balance of such moneys then remaining will be repaid to the Company. After payment to the Company or the Guarantors or the release of any money held in trust by the Company or any Guarantors, as the case may be,
Noteholders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and the Guarantors for payment as general creditors unless applicable abandoned property law designates another person. 

  
 -56- 

 ARTICLE 10. 

GUARANTEE OF NOTES 

Section 10.01    Guarantee. 

Subject to the provisions of this Article 10, each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally unconditionally guarantees to each Holder and
to the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on each Note, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, to the extent lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other Obligations of the Company to the Holders or the
Trustee all in accordance with the terms of such Note and this Indenture, and (ii) in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or
performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be
unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of any such Note or this Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of any such Note or this Indenture, any waiver, modification or indulgence granted to the Company with respect
thereto by the Holder of such Note or the Trustee, or any other circumstances which may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or such Guarantor. 

Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the Company, any
right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest or notice with respect to any such Note or the Indebtedness evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Guarantee will not be discharged as to any such Note
except by payment in full of the principal thereof, premium if any, and interest thereon and as provided in Section 9.01 hereof. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on
the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such
acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith
become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of this Guarantee. In addition, without limiting the foregoing provisions, upon the effectiveness of an acceleration under Article 6 hereof, the Trustee shall promptly make a demand for
payment on the Notes under the Guarantee provided for in this Article 10 and not discharged. 
 The Guarantee set forth in this
Section 10.01 shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose with respect to a Note until the certificate of authentication on such Note shall have been signed by or on behalf of the Trustee. 

Section 10.02    Execution and Delivery of Guarantees. 

To evidence the Guarantee set forth in this Article 10, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Guarantee shall be placed on
each Note authenticated and made available for delivery by the Trustee and that this Guarantee shall be executed on behalf of each Guarantor by the manual or facsimile signature of an Officer of each Guarantor. 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that the Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any
failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee. 
 If an Officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on the Guarantee no longer
holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which the Guarantee is endorsed, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth
in this Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor. 

  
 -57- 

 Section 10.03    Limitation of Guarantee. 

The obligations of each Guarantor are limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities
of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under
this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under the Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law. 

Section 10.04    Additional Guarantors. 

The Company covenants and agrees that it will cause any Restricted Subsidiary which becomes obligated to guarantee the Notes, pursuant to the
terms of Section 4.17 hereof, (i) to execute a supplemental indenture satisfactory in form and substance to the Trustee pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall guarantee the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this
Indenture in accordance with this Article 10 with the same effect and to the same extent as if such Person had been named herein as a Guarantor, and (ii) deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel. Upon
the execution of such a Supplemental Indenture, the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be notated on each outstanding Note. Notes delivered by the Trustee after the execution and delivery of such Supplemental Indenture shall
include the notation of the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary but the failure to include such a notation shall not otherwise effect the validity or enforceability of such Guarantee. 

Section 10.05    Release of Guarantor. 

Upon (i) the release of all guarantees by a Guarantor of any Indebtedness of the Company and the release of all Liens on the property and
assets of such Guarantor securing such guarantees or (ii) the sale or disposition (whether by merger, sale of stock or otherwise) of a Guarantor (or substantially all of its assets) to an entity which is not a Subsidiary of the Company which is
otherwise in compliance with this Indenture (and providing that the guarantees and Liens referred to in the foregoing clause (i) are also released at such time), and in each such case, the delivery to the Trustee of an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all such conditions in the foregoing clause (i) or (ii), as the case may be, have been complied with, such Guarantor shall be deemed released from all of its obligations under this
Indenture and its Guarantee. In the event that a Restricted Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be obligated to be a Guarantor pursuant to the provisions under Section 4.17, as long as no Default or Event of Default is existing or will result
therefrom, it shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture and its Guarantee. 

Section 10.06    [Reserved]. 

Section 10.07    [Reserved]. 

Section 10.08    [Reserved]. 

Section 10.09    [Reserved]. 

Section 10.10    [Reserved]. 

Section 10.11    Contribution. 

In order to provide for just and equitable contribution among the Guarantors, the Guarantors agree, inter se, that in the event any payment or
distribution is made by any Guarantor (a “Funding Guarantor”) under its Guarantee, such Funding Guarantor shall be entitled to contribution from all other Guarantors in a pro rata amount based on the Adjusted Net Assets of
each Guarantor (including the Funding Guarantor) for all payments, damages and expenses incurred by that Funding Guarantor in discharging the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes or any other Guarantor’s Obligations with respect
to its Guarantee. 

  
 -58- 

 ARTICLE 11. 

[RESERVED]. 
 ARTICLE
12. 
 MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 12.01    Trust Indenture Act Controls. 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by
the TIA, the required provision shall control. 
 Section 12.02    Notices. 

Any notice or communication shall be given in writing and delivered in person, sent by facsimile, delivered by commercial courier service or
mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows: 
 If to the Company or any Guarantor: 

Lamar Media Corp. 
 5321
Corporate Boulevard 
 Baton Rouge, Louisiana 70808 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

Copy to: 
 Locke Lord LLP 

111 Huntington Avenue 
 Boston,
Massachusetts 02199 
 Attention: George Ticknor, Esq. 

If to the Trustee: 
 The Bank
of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 
 10161 Centurion Parkway 

Jacksonville, FL 32256 

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration 

The Company, the Guarantors or the Trustee by written notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent
notices or communications. Any notice or communication to the Company, the Trustee or the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is
acknowledged, if telecopied; and five (5) calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the
addressee). 
 Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to him by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at his
address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. 
 Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall
not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication to a Noteholder is mailed in the manner provided above, it shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 

  
 -59- 

 In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service, or by reason of any other
cause, it shall be impossible to mail any notice as required by this Indenture, then such method of notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient mailing of such notice. 

In addition to the foregoing, the Trustee agrees to accept and act upon notice, instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by
unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods. If the party elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or
instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses,
costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The party providing
electronic instructions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and
the risk or interception and misuse by third parties. 
 Section 12.03    Communications by Holders with Other
Holders. 
 Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under
this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c). 

Section 12.04    Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

Upon any request or application by the Company or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall
furnish to the Trustee: 
 (1)    an Officers’ Certificate (which shall include the statements set
forth in Section 12.05 below) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 

(2)    an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 below)
stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 

Section 12.05    Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion. 

Each certificate and opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: 

(1)    a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 (2)    a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the
statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3)    a statement that, in
the opinion of such Person, it or he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable it or him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(4)    a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such covenant or condition has been
complied with. 

  
 -60- 

 Section 12.06    When Treasury Notes Disregarded. 

In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent,
Notes owned by the Company, any Guarantor or any other obligor on the Notes or by any Affiliate of any of them shall be disregarded, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction,
waiver or consent, only Notes which the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the
pledgee’s right so to act with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company, a Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of any of them. 

Section 12.07    Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at meetings of Noteholders. The Registrar and Paying Agent may make reasonable rules
for their functions. 
 Section 12.08    Business Days; Legal Holidays. 

A “Business Day” is a day that is not a Legal Holiday. A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday, a
federally recognized holiday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York or the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. 

If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal
Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. 
 Section 12.09    Governing Law; Submission
of Jurisdiction. 
 THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN
ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEES. 

Section 12.10    No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan, security or debt agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof. No
such indenture, loan, security or debt agreement may be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 12.11    No
Recourse Against Others. 
 A director, officer, employee, stockholder or incorporator, as such, of the Company or any Guarantor shall
not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Noteholder by accepting a
Note waives and releases all such liability. Such waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 

Section 12.12    Successors. 

All agreements of the Company and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the
Trustee, any additional trustee and any Paying Agents in this Indenture shall bind its successor. 

  
 -61- 

 Section 12.13    Multiple Counterparts. 

The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Indenture. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together
represent one and the same agreement. 
 Section 12.14    Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for
convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

Section 12.15    Separability. 

Each provision of this Indenture shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision which is not essential to the effectuation
of the basic purpose of this Indenture or the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

Section 12.16    Rights as Set Forth Herein. 

Each party intends that this Indenture shall not benefit or create any right or cause of action in any Person other than the parties hereto or
as specifically set forth herein. 
 Section 12.17    Waiver of Jury Trial. 

EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS, THE HOLDERS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW,
ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 

Section 12.18    Taxes. 

In order to comply with applicable tax laws, rules and regulations (inclusive of directives, guidelines and interpretations promulgated by
competent authorities) in effect from time to time (“Applicable Law”) a foreign financial institution, or US issuer, trustee, paying agent, holder or other institution is or has agreed to be subject to related to the Indenture, the
Company and the Guarantors agree (i) to provide to the Trustee sufficient information about holders or other applicable parties and/or transactions (including any modification to the terms of such transactions) so the Trustee can determine
whether it has tax related obligations under Applicable Law, (ii) that the Trustee shall be entitled to make any withholding or deduction from payments under the Indenture to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Law for which the
Trustee shall not have any liability, and (iii) to hold harmless the Trustee for any losses it may suffer due to the actions it takes to comply with such Applicable Law other than for any loss suffered by the Trustee through its gross
negligence or bad faith. The terms of this section shall survive the termination of this Indenture. 

  
 -62- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, and the
Company’s corporate seal to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the date and year first written above. 
  

					
	LAMAR MEDIA CORP.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L. Johnson

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	 ASHBY STREET OUTDOOR LLC
 ASHBY
STREET OUTDOOR CC, LLC

		
	By:	 	Ashby Street Outdoor Holdings LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L. Johnson

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	FMG OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, LLC
	LAMAR-FAIRWAY BLOCKER 1, LLC
	LAMAR-FAIRWAY BLOCKER 2, LLC
	MAGIC MEDIA/LAMAR, LLC
	FAIRWAY MEDIA GROUP, LLC
	FAIRWAY OUTDOOR ADVERTISING, LLC
	FAIRWAY OUTDOOR FUNDING HOLDINGS, LLC
	FAIRWAY OUTDOOR FUNDING, LLC
	MCC OUTDOOR, LLC
	MAGIC MEDIA REAL ESTATE, LLC
	FMO REAL ESTATE, LLC
	DOUGLAS OUTDOOR ADVERTISING OF GA., LLC
	OLYMPUS MEDIA/INDIANA, LLC
	FAIRWAY CCO INDIANA, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L. Johnson

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 [Indenture] 

 
					
	 COLORADO LOGOS, INC.

	 KANSAS LOGOS, INC.

	 LAMAR ADVERTISING OF MICHIGAN, INC.

	 LAMAR ADVERTISING OF YOUNGSTOWN, INC.

	 LAMAR ADVERTISING SOUTHWEST, INC.

	 LAMAR AIRPORT ADVERTISING COMPANY

	 LAMAR ELECTRICAL, INC.

	 LAMAR OCI SOUTH CORPORATION

	 LAMAR OHIO OUTDOOR HOLDING CORP.

	 LAMAR PENSACOLA TRANSIT, INC.

	 MICHIGAN LOGOS, INC.

	 MINNESOTA LOGOS, INC.

	 NEBRASKA LOGOS, INC.

	 NEVADA LOGOS, INC.

	 NEW MEXICO LOGOS, INC.

	 OHIO LOGOS, INC.

	 SOUTH CAROLINA LOGOS, INC.

	 TENNESSEE LOGOS, INC.

	 TLC PROPERTIES, INC.

	UTAH LOGOS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L. Johnson

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 [Indenture] 

 
					
	 ARIZONA LOGOS, L.L.C.

	 DELAWARE LOGOS, L.L.C.

	 GEORGIA LOGOS, L.L.C.

	 KENTUCKY LOGOS, LLC

	 LOUISIANA INTERSTATE LOGOS, L.L.C.

	 MAINE LOGOS, L.L.C.

	 MISSISSIPPI LOGOS, L.L.C.

	 MISSOURI LOGOS, LLC

	 MONTANA LOGOS, LLC

	 NEW HAMPSHIRE LOGOS, L.L.C.

	 NEW JERSEY LOGOS, L.L.C.

	 OKLAHOMA LOGOS, L.L.C.

	 VIRGINIA LOGOS, LLC

	 WASHINGTON LOGOS, L.L.C.

	 WISCONSIN LOGOS, LLC

		
	 By:
	 	 Interstate Logos, L.L.C., its Managing Member

	 By:
	 	 Lamar Media Corp., its Managing
Member

  

					
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Jay L. Johnson

		 	 Name:
	 	 Jay L. Johnson

		 	 Title:
	 	 Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

	
	 FLORIDA LOGOS, LLC

		
	 By:
	 	 Interstate Logos TRS, LLC, its Managing Member

	 By:
	 	 Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member

	 By:
	 	 Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Jay L. Johnson

		 	 Name:
	 	 Jay L. Johnson

		 	 Title:
	 	 Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

	
	 ASHBY STREET OUTDOOR HOLDINGS LLC

	 INTERSTATE LOGOS, L.L.C.

	 LAMAR CENTRAL OUTDOOR, LLC

	 THE LAMAR COMPANY, L.L.C.

	 LAMAR TRS HOLDINGS, LLC

		
	 By:
	 	 Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Jay L. Johnson

		 	 Name:
	 	 Jay L. Johnson

		 	 Title:
	 	 Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

  
 [Indenture] 

 
					
	LAMAR ADVERTISING OF COLORADO SPRINGS, L.L.C.
	LAMAR ADVERTISING OF LOUISIANA, L.L.C.
	LAMAR ADVERTISING OF SOUTH DAKOTA, L.L.C.
	LAMAR AIR, L.L.C.
	LAMAR FLORIDA, L.L.C.
	LAMAR OCI NORTH, L.L.C.
	LAMAR TENNESSEE, L.L.C.
		
	By:	 	The Lamar Company, L.L.C., its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L. Johnson

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	LAMAR TEXAS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
		
	By:	 	The Lamar Company, L.L.C., its General Partner
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L. Johnson

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	TLC FARMS, L.L.C.
	TLC Properties, L.L.C.
		
	By:	 	TLC Properties, Inc., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L. Johnson

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	LAMAR ADVANTAGE GP COMPANY, LLC
	LAMAR ADVANTAGE LP COMPANY, LLC
	TRIUMPH OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, LLC
		
	By:	 	Lamar Central Outdoor, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L. Johnson

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 [Indenture] 

 
					
	LAMAR ADVANTAGE OUTDOOR COMPANY, L.P.
		
	By:	 	Lamar Advantage GP Company, LLC, its General Partner
	By:	 	Lamar Central Outdoor, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L. Johnson

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	LAMAR ADVANTAGE HOLDING COMPANY
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L. Johnson

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	LAMAR INVESTMENTS, LLC
	LAMAR SERVICE COMPANY, LLC
	LAMAR TRANSIT, LLC
	INTERSTATE LOGOS TRS, LLC
		
	By:	 	Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L. Johnson

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	OUTDOOR MARKETING SYSTEMS, L.L.C.
	OUTDOOR PROMOTIONS WEST, LLC
	TRIUMPH OUTDOOR RHODE ISLAND, LLC
		
	By:	 	Lamar Transit, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L. Johnson

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 [Indenture] 

 
					
	 TLC PROPERTIES II, LLC

		
	 By:
	 	 Lamar Investments, LLC, its Managing Member

	 By:
	 	 Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member

	 By:
	 	 Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Jay L. Johnson

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	LAMAR ADVERTISING OF PENN, LLC
		
	By:	 	The Lamar Company, L.L.C., its Class A Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Jay L. Johnson

		 	 Name:
	 	 Jay L. Johnson

		 	 Title:
	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
		
	 By:
	 	 Lamar Transit, LLC, its Class B Member

	 By:
	 	Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member
	 By:
	 	 Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Jay L. Johnson

		 	 Name:
	 	 Jay L. Johnson

		 	 Title:
	 	 Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

	
	 LAMAR OBIE COMPANY, LLC

		
	 By:
	 	 Lamar Media Corp., its Class A Member

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Jay L. Johnson

		 	 Name:
	 	 Jay L. Johnson

		 	 Title:
	 	 Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

		
	By:	 	Lamar Transit, LLC, its Class B Member
	By:	 	Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Jay L. Johnson

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 [Indenture] 

 
			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Linda Wirfel

		 	Name: Linda Wirfel
		 	Title: Vice President

  
 [Indenture] 

 [EXHIBIT A] 

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE] 

[GLOBAL NOTES LEGEND] 

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE
DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE OR TO ANY
PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.1 

[PRIVATE PLACEMENT LEGEND] 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES
LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH
TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS ONE YEAR (OR SUCH LONGER PERIOD AS IS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THE SECURITIES ACT) IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES, AND 40 DAYS IN
THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER,
(B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY
BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE
IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE
501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, 
  

	1 	 This paragraph should only be added if the Security is issued in global form.

  
 A-1 

 
SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL,
CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. 

  
 A-2 

 LAMAR MEDIA CORP. 

4.875 % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2029 
  

			
	No.	  	CUSIP No.                
		  	$                

 LAMAR MEDIA CORP., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the
principal sum of $                    , on January 15, 2029. 
  

					
		 	Interest Payment Dates:	  	March 15 and September 15, commencing September 15, 2020.
			
		 	Record Dates:	  	March 1 and September 1, commencing September 1, 2020 (whether or not a business day).

  
 A-3 

 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 

					
	LAMAR MEDIA CORP.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 A-4 

			
	 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
  

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
  

as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the 4.875% Senior Notes due 2029 referred to in the Indenture
	  	
		
	
By:                  
                                         
                                 
	  	
Date:                  
                                         
                             

	       Authorized Signatory
	  	

  
 A-5 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE] 

LAMAR MEDIA CORP. 

4.875 % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2029 
  

	1.	 INTEREST. 

Lamar Media Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note
semiannually on March 15 and September 15 of each year (each an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing on September 15, 2020 at the rate of 4.875% per annum. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Interest shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or
duly provided for, from May 13, 2020. Additionally, interest will be payable on the Maturity Date to Holders of record on the Maturity Date. 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal, and on overdue premium, if any, and overdue interest, to the extent lawful, at a rate
equal to the rate of interest otherwise payable on the Notes. 
 Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will be
obligated to consummate an Exchange Offer pursuant to which the Holder of this Note shall have the right to exchange this Note for notes of a separate series issued under the Indenture (or a trust indenture substantially identical to the Indenture
in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement), guaranteed by the Guarantors, which notes have been registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and having substantially identical terms as the Notes. The Holders
shall be entitled to receive certain additional interest payments in the event such Exchange Offer is not consummated and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. 

 

	2.	 METHOD OF PAYMENT. 

The Company will pay interest on this Note provided for in Paragraph 1 above (except defaulted interest) to the person who is the
registered Holder of this Note at the close of business on the Record Date immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date. The Holder must surrender this Note to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal, premium,
if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that so long as this Note is a Global Note such payments will be made in
immediately available funds and the Company may pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on a Note which is not a Global Note by check payable in such money. The Company may mail an interest check with respect to any Note that is not a Global
Note to the Holder’s registered address. 
  

	3.	 PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. 

Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States of
America (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders of the Notes. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates may act
as Paying Agent but may act as registrar or co-registrar. 
  

	4.	 INDENTURE; RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS. 

The Company issued this Note under an Indenture dated as of May 13, 2020 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the
Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of this Note include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the
Indenture. This Note is subject to all such terms, and the Holder of this Note is referred to the Indenture and said Trust Indenture Act for a statement of them. All capitalized terms in this Note, unless otherwise defined, have the meanings
assigned to them by the Indenture. 

  
 A-6 

 The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company unlimited in principal amount.
The Indenture imposes certain restrictions on, among other things, the incurrence of Indebtedness and Liens by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, mergers and sale of assets, the payment of dividends on, or the repurchase of, Capital Stock
of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, certain other Restricted Payments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and certain transactions with Affiliates. 
  

	5.	 [RESERVED]. 

  

	6.	 OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 

The Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or after January 15, 2024 at the following
redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), together, in each case, with accrued and unpaid interest to (but not including) the redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on January 15, of each
year listed below. 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2024
	  	 	102.438	% 
	 2025
	  	 	101.219	% 
	 2026 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 At any time prior to January 15, 2024, the Company may redeem all or any portion of the Notes outstanding
at a redemption price equal to: 
 (i)    100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be
redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid interest to such Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of record of the Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive payments of interest on the related Interest Payment Date), plus 

(ii)    the Make Whole Amount. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may redeem in the aggregate up to 40% of the original principal amount of the Notes at any time and
from time to time prior to May 15, 2023 at a redemption price equal to 104.875% of the aggregate principal amount so redeemed, plus accrued interest to (but not including) the Redemption Date, out of the Net Proceeds of one or more Equity
Offerings; provided, however, that at least 60% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption and that any such redemption occurs within 120
days following the closing of any such Equity Offering. 
  

	7.	 NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. 

Notice of redemption will be transmitted at least 15 days but not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be
redeemed at its registered address as it shall appear on the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar. Except as provided below, on and after any Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for
redemption unless the Company shall fail to redeem any such Note. 
 At the Company’s option, the Company may condition any call for
redemption on the receipt of financing to fund the redemption within the notice period. Any such condition will be expressly stated in the notice of redemption and in any press release or other public statement mentioning the call for
redemption. If the financing condition is not satisfied during the notice period, the Notes will remain outstanding and the Company will make a public statement to that effect. 

  
 A-7 

	8.	 OFFERS TO PURCHASE. 

The Indenture requires that certain proceeds from Asset Sales be used, subject to further limitations contained therein, to make an offer to
purchase certain amounts of Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Company is also required to make an offer to purchase Notes upon occurrence of a Change of Control in accordance with procedures set forth in the
Indenture. 
  

	9.	 DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. 

The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. As provided in the Indenture and
subject to certain limitations therein set forth, a Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer
documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption or register the transfer of or exchange any Note for a period of 15
days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or any Note after it is called for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 

 

	10.	 PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 

 

	11.	 UNCLAIMED MONEY. 

If money for the payment of principal, premium or interest on any Note remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay
the money back to the Company at its written request. After that, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an “abandoned property” law designates another person. 

 

	12.	 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. 

Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be modified, amended or supplemented by the Company, the Guarantors and the
Trustee with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding and any existing default or compliance with any provision may be waived in a particular instance
with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without the consent of Holders, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes or supplement the Indenture for certain
specified purposes including providing for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes, and curing any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, or making any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder. 

 

	13.	 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then
outstanding may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. Holders of Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may
require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust
or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. 

  
 A-8 

	14.	 TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH THE COMPANY. 

The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for
the Company, any Guarantor or their Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company, any Guarantor or their Affiliates, as if it were not Trustee. 
  

	15.	 NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. 

A director, officer, employee, stockholder or incorporator, as such, of the Company or any Guarantor shall not have any liability for any
obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. The Holder of this Note by accepting this Note waives and
releases all such liability. Such waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of this Note. 
  

	16.	 DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE. 

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance of the entire indebtedness on this Note and for defeasance of certain covenants in the
Indenture upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture. 
  

	17.	 ABBREVIATIONS. 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (=
tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
  

	18.	 CUSIP NUMBERS. 

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP Numbers
to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders of the Notes. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  

	19.	 GOVERNING LAW. 

THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED
TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THE INDENTURE AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR
PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE OR THE GUARANTEES. 
 THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH TO ANY HOLDER OF A NOTE
UPON WRITTEN REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE A COPY OF THE INDENTURE. REQUESTS MAY BE MADE TO: LAMAR MEDIA CORP., 5321 CORPORATE BOULEVARD, BATON ROUGE, LOUISIANA 70808, ATTENTION: CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. 

  
 A-9 

 ASSIGNMENT 
  

					
	
                          
            I or we assign and transfer this Note to:
  
	  	
	(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)
	
	
	 	 
		  	
	 	 
	 	  	 
	(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)
	
	and irrevocably appoint:
	
	 
	
	Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.
			
	Date:    
                                        
                    	  	Your Signature:	  	  

		  		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

					
			
	Signature Guarantee:	  	 	  	 

  
 A-10 

 [FORM OF NOTATION ON NOTE RELATING TO GUARANTEE] 

GUARANTEE 
 Each Guarantor
(the “Guarantor,” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has unconditionally guaranteed, on a senior basis, jointly and severally, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions of the
Indenture, (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment
of interest on overdue principal of, and interest on the Notes, to the extent permitted by law and the due and punctual performance of all other Obligations of the Company to the Noteholders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms set forth
in the Indenture, and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or
renewal, at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. 
 The obligations of each Guarantor to the Noteholders and to the Trustee
pursuant to this Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of this Guarantee. 

This Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Guarantee
is noted shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual or electronic signature of one of its authorized signatories. 

  
 A-11 

 
					
	Guarantors:
	
	ASHBY STREET OUTDOOR LLC
	ASHBY STREET OUTDOOR CC, LLC
		
	By:	 	Ashby Street Outdoor Holdings LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	FMG OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, LLC
	LAMAR-FAIRWAY BLOCKER 1, LLC
	LAMAR-FAIRWAY BLOCKER 2, LLC
	MAGIC MEDIA/LAMAR, LLC
	FAIRWAY MEDIA GROUP, LLC
	FAIRWAY OUTDOOR ADVERTISING, LLC
	FAIRWAY OUTDOOR FUNDING HOLDINGS, LLC
	FAIRWAY OUTDOOR FUNDING, LLC
	MCC OUTDOOR, LLC
	MAGIC MEDIA REAL ESTATE, LLC
	FMO REAL ESTATE, LLC
	DOUGLAS OUTDOOR ADVERTISING OF GA., LLC
	OLYMPUS MEDIA/INDIANA, LLC
	FAIRWAY CCO INDIANA, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 A-12 

 
					
	COLORADO LOGOS, INC.
	KANSAS LOGOS, INC.
	LAMAR ADVERTISING OF MICHIGAN, INC.
	LAMAR ADVERTISING OF YOUNGSTOWN, INC.
	LAMAR ADVERTISING SOUTHWEST, INC.
	 LAMAR AIRPORT ADVERTISING COMPANY

LAMAR ELECTRICAL, INC.

	LAMAR OCI SOUTH CORPORATION
	LAMAR OHIO OUTDOOR HOLDING CORP.
	LAMAR PENSACOLA TRANSIT, INC.
	MICHIGAN LOGOS, INC.
	MINNESOTA LOGOS, INC.
	NEBRASKA LOGOS, INC.
	NEVADA LOGOS, INC.
	NEW MEXICO LOGOS, INC.
	OHIO LOGOS, INC.
	SOUTH CAROLINA LOGOS, INC.
	TENNESSEE LOGOS, INC.
	TLC PROPERTIES, INC.
	UTAH LOGOS, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 A-13 

 
	
	 ARIZONA LOGOS, L.L.C.

	 DELAWARE LOGOS, L.L.C.

	 GEORGIA LOGOS, L.L.C.

	 KENTUCKY LOGOS, LLC

	 LOUISIANA INTERSTATE LOGOS, L.L.C.

	 MAINE LOGOS, L.L.C.

	 MISSISSIPPI LOGOS, L.L.C.

	 MISSOURI LOGOS, LLC

	 MONTANA LOGOS, LLC

	 NEW HAMPSHIRE LOGOS, L.L.C.

	 NEW JERSEY LOGOS, L.L.C.

	 OKLAHOMA LOGOS, L.L.C.

	 VIRGINIA LOGOS, LLC

	 WASHINGTON LOGOS, L.L.C.

	 WISCONSIN LOGOS, LLC

					
		
	By:	 	 Interstate Logos, L.L.C., its Managing Member

	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	FLORIDA LOGOS, LLC
		
	By:	 	Interstate Logos TRS, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 
	
	
	 ASHBY STREET OUTDOOR HOLDINGS LLC

	 INTERSTATE LOGOS, L.L.C.

	 LAMAR CENTRAL OUTDOOR, LLC

	 THE LAMAR COMPANY, L.L.C.

	 LAMAR TRS HOLDINGS, LLC

					
		
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 A-14 

 
	
	LAMAR ADVERTISING OF COLORADO SPRINGS, L.L.C.
	LAMAR ADVERTISING OF LOUISIANA, L.L.C.
	LAMAR ADVERTISING OF SOUTH DAKOTA, L.L.C.
	LAMAR AIR, L.L.C.
	LAMAR FLORIDA, L.L.C.
	LAMAR OCI NORTH, L.L.C.
	LAMAR TENNESSEE, L.L.C.

 
					
		
	By:	 	The Lamar Company, L.L.C., its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	LAMAR TEXAS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
		
	By:	 	The Lamar Company, L.L.C., its General Partner
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	TLC FARMS, L.L.C.
	TLC Properties, L.L.C.
		
	By:	 	TLC Properties, Inc., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 
	
	
	LAMAR ADVANTAGE GP COMPANY, LLC
	LAMAR ADVANTAGE LP COMPANY, LLC
	TRIUMPH OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, LLC

 
					
		
	By:	 	Lamar Central Outdoor, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 A-15 

 
			
	LAMAR ADVANTAGE OUTDOOR COMPANY, L.P.
		
	 By:
	 	Lamar Advantage GP Company, LLC, its General Partner
	 By:
	 	Lamar Central Outdoor, LLC, its Managing Member
	 By:
	 	 Lamar Media Corp., its Managing
Member

 
					
		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 
			
	
	LAMAR ADVANTAGE HOLDING COMPANY

 
					
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 
	
	
	LAMAR INVESTMENTS, LLC
	LAMAR SERVICE COMPANY, LLC
	LAMAR TRANSIT, LLC
	INTERSTATE LOGOS TRS, LLC

 
					
		
	By:	 	Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member

 
					
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 
	
	
	OUTDOOR MARKETING SYSTEMS, L.L.C.
	OUTDOOR PROMOTIONS WEST, LLC
	TRIUMPH OUTDOOR RHODE ISLAND, LLC

 
					
		
	By:	 	Lamar Transit, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member

 
					
		
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 A-16 

 
					
	TLC PROPERTIES II, LLC
		
	By:	 	Lamar Investments, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	LAMAR ADVERTISING OF PENN, LLC
		
	By:	 	The Lamar Company, L.L.C., its Class A Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
		
	By:	 	Lamar Transit, LLC, its Class B Member
	By:	 	Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	
	LAMAR OBIE COMPANY, LLC
		
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Class A Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
		
	By:	 	Lamar Transit, LLC, its Class B Member
	By:	 	Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 A-17 

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON 

EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER 

RESTRICTED SECURITIES 

This certificate relates to $____________ principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space) ☐ book-entry or ☐ definitive
form by the undersigned. 
 The undersigned (check one box below): 
  

	 	☐	 has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global
Note held by the Depository a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above);

  

	 	☐	 has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of
the period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned
confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW: 

 

					
	(1)	    	☐	  	to the Company; or
			
	(2)	    	☐	  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(3)	    	☐	  	inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom
notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(4)	    	☐	  	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(5)	    	☐	  	pursuant to another available exemption from registration such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by
this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4) or (5) is checked, the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal
opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act
of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 
  

	
	 Signature

  
 A-18 

 
			
	
                

	 	 Signature Guarantee

		
		 	Signature must be guaranteed

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises
sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on
Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is
relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

									
	 Dated:
	 	  
	 		 	  

		 		 		 	    NOTICE:	 	 To be executed by an executive officer

  
 A-19 

 SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 

 

									
	Date of
decrease in	 	 Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount

of this Global Note
	 	 Amount of amount of this
Principal Amount of this

Global Note
	  	Principal authorized
Global Note
following such
decrease of increase	  	Signature of Exchange
officer of Trustee or
Custodian

  
 A-20 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have all or any part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.13 or Section 4.19 of the
Indenture, check the appropriate box: 
  

			
	☐        Section 4.13	  	☐        Section 4.19

 If you want to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.13 or
Section 4.19 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  

			
	$	 	  

			
		
	Date:	 	  

 

			
		
	Your Signature:	 	  

		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

	
	Signature Guaranteed

  
 A-21 

 [EXHIBIT B] 

[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE] 

[Global Notes Legend] 

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR SECURITIES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY
THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE OR TO ANY
PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.1 
  

 

	1 	 This paragraph should only be added if the Security is issued in global form. 

  
 B-1 

 LAMAR MEDIA CORP. 

4.875 % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2029 
  

			
	No.    	 	CUSIP No. __________
		 	$__________

 LAMAR MEDIA CORP., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the
principal sum of $________________, on January 15, 2029. 
  

					
		 	Interest Payment Dates:	  	March 15 and September 15, commencing September 15, 2020.
			
		 	Record Dates:	  	March 1 and September 1, commencing September 1, 2020 (whether or not a business day).

  
 B-2 

 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 

					
	LAMAR MEDIA CORP.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 B-3 

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A. 
 as Trustee,
certifies that this is one of the 4.875% Senior Notes due 2029 referred to in the Indenture

     

 

  

									
	By:	 	  
	 		  	Date:	  	  

		 	Authorized Signatory	 		  		  	

  
 B-4 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE] 

LAMAR MEDIA CORP. 

4.875% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2029 
  

	1.    	 INTEREST. 

Lamar Media Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note
semiannually on March 15 and September 15 of each year (each, an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing on September 15, 2020, at the rate of 4.875% per annum. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Interest shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, or if no interest has been paid or
duly provided for, from May 13, 2020. Additionally, interest will be payable on the Maturity Date to Holders of record on the Maturity Date. 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal, and on overdue premium, if any, and overdue interest, to the extent lawful, at a rate
equal to the rate of interest otherwise payable on the Notes. 
  

	2.    	 METHOD OF PAYMENT. 

The Company will pay interest on this Note provided for in Paragraph 1 above (except defaulted interest) to the person who is the
registered Holder of this Note at the close of business on the Record Date immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date. The Holder must surrender this Note to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal, premium,
if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that so long as this Note is a Global Note such payments will be made in
immediately available funds and the Company may pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on a Note which is not a Global Note by check payable in such money. The Company may mail an interest check with respect to any Note that is not a Global
Note to the Holder’s registered address. 
  

	3.    	 PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. 

Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States of
America (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders of the Notes. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates may act
as Paying Agent but may act as registrar or co-registrar. 
  

	4.    	 INDENTURE; RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS. 

The Company issued this Note under an Indenture dated as of May 13, 2020 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the
Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of this Note include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the
Indenture. This Note is subject to all such terms, and the Holder of this Note is referred to the Indenture and said Trust Indenture Act for a statement of them. All capitalized terms in this Note, unless otherwise defined, have the meanings
assigned to them by the Indenture. 
 The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company unlimited in principal amount. The
Indenture imposes certain restrictions on, among other things, the incurrence of Indebtedness and Liens by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, mergers and sale of assets, the payment of dividends on, or the repurchase of, Capital Stock of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, certain other Restricted Payments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and certain transactions with Affiliates. 

  
 B-5 

	5.	 [RESERVED]. 

  

	6.	 OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 

The Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or after January 15, 2024, at the following
redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), together, in each case, with accrued and unpaid interest to (but not including) the redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on January 15, of each
year listed below. 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2024
	  	 	102.438	% 
	 2025
	  	 	101.219	% 
	 2026 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 At any time prior to January 15, 2024, the Company may redeem all or any portion of the Notes outstanding
at a redemption price equal to: 
 (i)    100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be
redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid interest to such Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of record of the Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive payments of interest on the related Interest Payment Date), plus 

(ii)    the Make Whole Amount. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may redeem in the aggregate up to 40% of the original principal amount of the Notes at any time and
from time to time prior to May 15, 2023 at a redemption price equal to 104.875% of the aggregate principal amount so redeemed, plus accrued interest to (but not including) the Redemption Date, out of the Net Proceeds of one or more Equity
Offerings; provided, however, that at least 60% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption and that any such redemption occurs within 120
days following the closing of any such Equity Offering. 
  

	7.	 NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. 

Notice of redemption will be transmitted at least 15 days but not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be
redeemed at its registered address as it shall appear on the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar. Except as provided below, on and after any Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for
redemption unless the Company shall fail to redeem any such Note. 
 At the Company’s option, the Company may condition any call for
redemption on the receipt of financing to fund the redemption within the notice period. Any such condition will be expressly stated in the notice of redemption and in any press release or other public statement mentioning the call for
redemption. If the financing condition is not satisfied during the notice period, the Notes will remain outstanding and the Company will make a public statement to that effect. 

 

	8.	 OFFERS TO PURCHASE. 

The Indenture requires that certain proceeds from Asset Sales be used, subject to further limitations contained therein, to make an offer to
purchase certain amounts of Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Company is also required to make an offer to purchase Notes upon occurrence of a Change of Control in accordance with procedures set forth in the
Indenture. 

  
 B-6 

	9.	 DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. 

The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. As provided in the Indenture and
subject to certain limitations therein set forth, a Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer
documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption or register the transfer of or exchange any Note for a period of 15
days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or any Note after it is called for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 

 

	10.	 PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 

 

	11.	 UNCLAIMED MONEY. 

If money for the payment of principal, premium or interest on any Note remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay
the money back to the Company at its written request. After that, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an “abandoned property” law designates another person. 

 

	12.	 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. 

Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be modified, amended or supplemented by the Company, the Guarantors and the
Trustee with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and any existing default or compliance with any provision may be waived in a particular instance with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding. Without the consent of Holders, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes or supplement the Indenture for certain
specified purposes including providing for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes, and curing any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, or making any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder. 

 

	13.	 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then
outstanding may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. Holders of Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may
require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust
or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. 

 

	14.	 TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH THE COMPANY. 

The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the
Company, any Guarantor or their Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company, any Guarantor or their Affiliates, as if it were not Trustee. 
  

	15.	 NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. 

As more fully described in the Indenture, a director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company or any Guarantor shall not have
any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the 

  
 B-7 

 
Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. The Holder of this Note by accepting this Note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of this Note. 
  

	16.	 DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE. 

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance of the entire indebtedness on this Note and for defeasance of certain covenants in the
Indenture upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture. 
  

	17.	 ABBREVIATIONS. 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (=
tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
  

	18.	 CUSIP NUMBERS. 

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP Numbers
to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders of the Notes. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  

	19.	 GOVERNING LAW. 

THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS
MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THE INDENTURE AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING
OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE OR THIS NOTE. 
 THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH TO ANY HOLDER OF A NOTE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST AND WITHOUT
CHARGE A COPY OF THE INDENTURE. REQUESTS MAY BE MADE TO: LAMAR MEDIA CORP., 5321 CORPORATE BOULEVARD, BATON ROUGE, LOUISIANA 70808, ATTENTION: CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. 

  
 B-8 

 ASSIGNMENT 
  

					
	 I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

	 (Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

 

	 
	     

	 
	     

	 (Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

 
 and irrevocably appoint:

 

	 Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the
Company. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.
  

	 Date:
                            
	  	 Your Signature:
	  	  

		  	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this
Note)

					
		
	 Signature Guarantee:
	  	 

  
 B-9 

 [FORM OF NOTATION ON NOTE RELATING TO GUARANTEE] 

GUARANTEE 
 Each Guarantor
(the “Guarantor,” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has unconditionally guaranteed, on a senior basis, jointly and severally, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions of the
Indenture, (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment
of interest on overdue principal of, and interest on the Notes, to the extent permitted by law and the due and punctual performance of all other Obligations of the Company to the Noteholders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms set forth
in the Indenture, and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or
renewal, at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. 
 The obligations of each Guarantor to the Noteholders and to the Trustee
pursuant to this Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of this Guarantee. 

This Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Guarantee
is noted shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual or electronic signature of one of its authorized signatories. 

  
 B-10 

 
			
	Guarantors:
	
	ASHBY STREET OUTDOOR LLC
	ASHBY STREET OUTDOOR CC, LLC
		
	By:	 	Ashby Street Outdoor Holdings LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name: Jay L. Johnson
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

	
	FMG OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, LLC
	LAMAR-FAIRWAY BLOCKER 1, LLC
	LAMAR-FAIRWAY BLOCKER 2, LLC
	MAGIC MEDIA/LAMAR, LLC
	FAIRWAY MEDIA GROUP, LLC
	FAIRWAY OUTDOOR ADVERTISING, LLC
	FAIRWAY OUTDOOR FUNDING HOLDINGS, LLC
	FAIRWAY OUTDOOR FUNDING, LLC
	MCC OUTDOOR, LLC
	MAGIC MEDIA REAL ESTATE, LLC
	FMO REAL ESTATE, LLC
	DOUGLAS OUTDOOR ADVERTISING OF GA., LLC
	OLYMPUS MEDIA/INDIANA, LLC
	FAIRWAY CCO INDIANA, LLC

 
			
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name: Jay L. Johnson
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

  
 B-11 

 
			
	COLORADO LOGOS, INC.
	KANSAS LOGOS, INC.
	LAMAR ADVERTISING OF MICHIGAN, INC.
	LAMAR ADVERTISING OF YOUNGSTOWN, INC.
	LAMAR ADVERTISING SOUTHWEST, INC.
	LAMAR AIRPORT ADVERTISING COMPANY
	LAMAR ELECTRICAL, INC.
	LAMAR OCI SOUTH CORPORATION
	LAMAR OHIO OUTDOOR HOLDING CORP.
	LAMAR PENSACOLA TRANSIT, INC.
	MICHIGAN LOGOS, INC.
	MINNESOTA LOGOS, INC.
	NEBRASKA LOGOS, INC.
	NEVADA LOGOS, INC.
	NEW MEXICO LOGOS, INC.
	OHIO LOGOS, INC.
	SOUTH CAROLINA LOGOS, INC.
	TENNESSEE LOGOS, INC.
	TLC PROPERTIES, INC.
	UTAH LOGOS, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name: Jay L. Johnson
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

  
 B-12 

 
			
	ARIZONA LOGOS, L.L.C.
	DELAWARE LOGOS, L.L.C.
	GEORGIA LOGOS, L.L.C.
	KENTUCKY LOGOS, LLC
	LOUISIANA INTERSTATE LOGOS, L.L.C.
	MAINE LOGOS, L.L.C.
	MISSISSIPPI LOGOS, L.L.C.
	MISSOURI LOGOS, LLC
	MONTANA LOGOS, LLC
	NEW HAMPSHIRE LOGOS, L.L.C.
	NEW JERSEY LOGOS, L.L.C.
	OKLAHOMA LOGOS, L.L.C.
	VIRGINIA LOGOS, LLC
	WASHINGTON LOGOS, L.L.C.
	WISCONSIN LOGOS, LLC
		
	By:	 	Interstate Logos, L.L.C., its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name: Jay L. Johnson
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

	
	FLORIDA LOGOS, LLC
		
	By:	 	Interstate Logos TRS, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name: Jay L. Johnson
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

	
	ASHBY STREET OUTDOOR HOLDINGS LLC
	INTERSTATE LOGOS, L.L.C.
	LAMAR CENTRAL OUTDOOR, LLC
	THE LAMAR COMPANY, L.L.C.
	LAMAR TRS HOLDINGS, LLC
		
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name: Jay L. Johnson
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

  
 B-13 

 
			
	LAMAR ADVERTISING OF COLORADO SPRINGS, L.L.C.
	LAMAR ADVERTISING OF LOUISIANA, L.L.C.
	LAMAR ADVERTISING OF SOUTH DAKOTA, L.L.C.
	LAMAR AIR, L.L.C.
	LAMAR FLORIDA, L.L.C.
	LAMAR OCI NORTH, L.L.C.
	LAMAR TENNESSEE, L.L.C.
		
	By:	 	The Lamar Company, L.L.C., its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name: Jay L. Johnson
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

	
	LAMAR TEXAS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
		
	By:	 	The Lamar Company, L.L.C., its General Partner
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name: Jay L. Johnson
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

	
	TLC FARMS, L.L.C.
	TLC Properties, L.L.C.
		
	By:	 	TLC Properties, Inc., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name: Jay L. Johnson
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

	
	LAMAR ADVANTAGE GP COMPANY, LLC
	LAMAR ADVANTAGE LP COMPANY, LLC
	TRIUMPH OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, LLC
		
	By:	 	Lamar Central Outdoor, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name: Jay L. Johnson
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

  
 B-14 

 
			
	LAMAR ADVANTAGE OUTDOOR COMPANY, L.P.
		
	By:	 	Lamar Advantage GP Company, LLC, its General Partner
	By:	 	Lamar Central Outdoor, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name: Jay L. Johnson
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

	
	LAMAR ADVANTAGE HOLDING COMPANY
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name: Jay L. Johnson
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

	
	LAMAR INVESTMENTS, LLC
	LAMAR SERVICE COMPANY, LLC
	LAMAR TRANSIT, LLC
	Interstate Logos TRS, LLC
		
	By:	 	Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name: Jay L. Johnson
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

	
	OUTDOOR MARKETING SYSTEMS, L.L.C.
	OUTDOOR PROMOTIONS WEST, LLC
	TRIUMPH OUTDOOR RHODE ISLAND, LLC
		
	By:	 	Lamar Transit, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name: Jay L. Johnson
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

  
 B-15 

 
			
	TLC PROPERTIES II, LLC
		
	By:	 	Lamar Investments, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name: Jay L. Johnson
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

	
	LAMAR ADVERTISING OF PENN, LLC
		
	By:	 	The Lamar Company, L.L.C., its Class A Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name: Jay L. Johnson
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

		
	By:	 	Lamar Transit, LLC, its Class B Member
	By:	 	Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name: Jay L. Johnson
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

	
	LAMAR OBIE COMPANY, LLC
		
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Class A Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name: Jay L. Johnson
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

		
	By:	 	Lamar Transit, LLC, its Class B Member
	By:	 	Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name: Jay L. Johnson
		 	 Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Treasurer

  
 B-16 

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON 

EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER 

RESTRICTED SECURITIES 

This certificate relates to $                 principal
amount of Notes held in (check applicable space) ☐ book-entry or ☐ definitive form by the undersigned. 
 The
undersigned (check one box below): 
  

	 	☐	 has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global
Note held by the Depository a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above);

  

	 	☐	 has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of
the period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned
confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW: 

 

	 	(1)      ☐	 to the Company; or 

  

	 	(2)      ☐	 pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or 

 

	 	(3)      ☐	 inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the
Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule
144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or 

  

	 	(4)      ☐	 outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities
Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or 

  

	 	(5)      ☐	 pursuant to another available exemption from registration such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under the
Securities Act of 1933. 

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes
evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4) or (5) is checked, the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes,
such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 
  

	
	  

	 Signature

  
 B-17 

 
	
	  

	                            Signature Guarantee
	                            Signature must be guaranteed

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises
sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on
Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is
relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

			
	Dated:                                	  	  

		  	    NOTICE:         To be executed by an executive officer

  
 B-18 

 SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of

decrease in
	 	 Amount of

increase in

Principal
 Amount of
this
 Global Note
	 	 Amount of

amount of this Principal

Amount of this
 Global
Note
	  	Principal authorized Global Note following such decrease of increase	  	Signature of Exchange officer of Trustee or Custodian

  
 B-19 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have all or any part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.13 or Section 4.19 of the
Indenture, check the appropriate box: 
  

							
	 ☐
	 	Section 4.13	  	☐	 	Section 4.19

 If you want to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.13 or
Section 4.19 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  

			
	
$                  
                  
	 	
		
	
Date:                  
           
	 	
	 Your Signature:
	 	  

		 	     (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

	  
	 	
	Signature Guaranteed	 	

  
 B-20 

 [EXHIBIT C] 

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN 

CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS TO NON-QIB 

INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTORS] 

Transferee Letter of Representation 
 Lamar Media Corp. 

c/o
[                                         
       ] 
 Location: Corporate Trust Department 

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 This certificate is
delivered to request a transfer of $[            ] principal amount of the 4.875% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Notes”) of Lamar Media Corp. (the “Company”).

 Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows: 

Name:
                                         
                                        

Address:
                                         
                                    

Taxpayer ID Number:
                                         
               
 The undersigned represents and warrants to you
that: 
 1.    We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in
Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least
$250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business
matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risk of our investment in the Notes and invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to
bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 2.    We understand that the Notes have not been
registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or
otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date which is one year (or such longer period as is required to comply with the Securities Act) in the case of Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A, and 40 days in the case of Notes sold in reliance on
Regulation S after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination
Date”) only (a) to the Company, (b) pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) for so long as the securities are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under
the Securities Act, to a person we reasonably believe is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to
whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an
institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is an institutional accredited investor acquiring the security for its own account or for the account of such
an institutional accredited investor, in each case in a minimum principal amount of the securities of $250,000, for investment purposes and not with a view 

  
 C-1 

 
to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution in violation of the Securities Act, or (f) pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act, subject to the Company’s and the Trustee’s right prior to any such offer, sale or transfer pursuant to clause (d), (e) or (f) to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other
information satisfactory to each of them. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e)
above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee
is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the
Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clauses (d), (e) or (f) above to
require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee. 
  

	
	TRANSFEREE:                                    
                                  
	
	BY:                                     
                                         
            

  
 C-2 

 [EXHIBIT D] 

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION 

WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO RULE 144A] 

Lamar Media Corp. 
 c/o
[                ] 
 Location: Corporate Trust Department 

[date] 
 Re:     Lamar
Media Corp. (the “Company”) 4.875% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Notes”) 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

In connection with our proposed sale of
$                 aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we hereby certify that such transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with
Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we hereby further certify that the Notes are being transferred to a person that we reasonably believe is purchasing
the Notes for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such person exercises sole investment discretion, and such person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of
Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Notes are being transferred in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any
interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	  

	[Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signature

  
 D-1 

 [EXHIBIT E] 

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED 

IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS 

PURSUANT TO REGULATION S] 
 [date]

 Lamar Media Corp. 
 c/o
[                    ] 
 Location:  
Corporate Trust Department 
 Re:   Lamar Media Corp. (the “Company”) 

        4.875% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Notes”) 

Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 In connection with our
proposed sale of $                  aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with
Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that: 

(1)    the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States; 

(2)    either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United
States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off shore securities market and neither
we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States; 

(3)    no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements
of Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, and 
 (4)    the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme
to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 
 In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the
provisions of Rule 904(c)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 904(c)(1). 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any
interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 

 

			
	Very truly yours,
		
	By:	 	  

		 	[Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signature

  
 E-1EX-10.1

 Exhibit 10.1 

Execution Version 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated May 13, 2020 (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and among Lamar Media Corp., a
Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the guarantors listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Guarantors”), and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC., as representative for the other initial purchasers listed on Schedule 1 of the
Purchase Agreement referred to below (collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”). 
 The Company, the Guarantors and the
Initial Purchasers are parties to the Purchase Agreement dated May 11, 2020 (the “Purchase Agreement”), which provides for the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its
4.875% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Securities”), which will be guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by each of the Guarantors. As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company and the
Guarantors have agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase
Agreement. 
 In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows: 

1.    Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings: 

“Affiliate” shall mean with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or
under common control with such Person; for purposes of this definition, “control” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through
the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. 
 “Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the
preamble. 
 “Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New
York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed. 
 “Closing Date” shall mean the Closing Date as defined in
the Purchase Agreement. 
 “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include the
Company’s successors. 
 “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 “Exchange Dates” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof. 

“Exchange Offer” shall mean the exchange offer by the Company and the Guarantors of Exchange Securities for Registrable
Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration” shall mean a registration under the
Securities Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean an
exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus
contained therein, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein. 

 “Exchange Securities” shall mean senior notes issued by the Company and
guaranteed by the Guarantors under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Securities (except that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase in annual interest rate for failure to comply with
this Agreement) and to be offered to Holders of Securities in exchange for Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer. 

“Guarantors” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include any Guarantor’s successors. 

“Holders” shall mean the Initial Purchasers, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their
successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture; provided, however, that for purposes of Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement, the term “Holders” shall
include Participating Broker-Dealers. 
 “Indemnified Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 “Indemnifying Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof. 

“Indenture” shall mean the Indenture dated as of the Closing Date by and among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of
New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, pursuant to which the Securities were issued, and as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 

“Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. 

“Inspector” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(m) hereof. 

“Majority Holders” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Registrable
Securities; provided, however, that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities owned directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its
Affiliates shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount. 

“Participating Broker-Dealers” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof. 

“Person” shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization,
or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof. 
 “Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in a
Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the
Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including any document incorporated by reference therein. 

“Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. 

  
 -2- 

 “Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided,
however, that the Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has been declared effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been exchanged or disposed
of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) the second anniversary of the Closing Date, (iii) when such Securities cease to be outstanding or (iv) when the Exchange Offer has been completed (except with respect to Securities held
by the Initial Purchasers that were not eligible to be exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer). 
 “Registration
Expenses” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with this Agreement, including, without limitation, (i) all SEC, stock exchange or Financial Industry Regulatory
Authority registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any Underwriters or Holders in
connection with blue sky qualification of any Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any
Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements or other similar agreements and any other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all
rating agency fees, (v) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the fees and disbursements of
counsel for the Company and the Guarantors and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Majority Holders and which counsel may also be counsel
for the Initial Purchasers) and (viii) the fees and disbursements of the independent public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to
the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions and
transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder. 
 “Registration
Statement” shall mean any registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors that covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any
such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein. 

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. 

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time. 

“Shelf Effectiveness Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof. 

“Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof. 

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors that
covers all the Registrable Securities (but no other securities unless approved by the Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be covered by such Shelf Registration Statement) on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any
similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and any document
incorporated by reference therein. 

  
 -3- 

 “Target Registration Date” shall have meaning set forth in
Section 2(d) hereof. 
 “Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to
time. 
 “Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture. 

“Underwriters” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 hereof. 

“Underwritten Offering” shall mean an offering in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to
the public. 
 2.    Registration Under the Securities Act. 

(a)    To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff of the SEC, the
Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to (i) cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an offer to the Holders to exchange all the Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities and
(ii) have such Registration Statement remain effective until the lesser of 180 days after the closing of the Exchange Offer and the date on which all Participating Broker-Dealers have sold all Exchange Securities held by them. The Company and
the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer as promptly as practicable after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and use their reasonable best efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not later than 60 days
after such effective date. 
 The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer by delivering the related Prospectus,
appropriate letters of transmittal and other accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law, 

(i)    that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Registrable Securities
validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange; 
 (ii)    the dates of
acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 Business Days from the date such notice is delivered) (the “Exchange Dates”); 

(iii)    that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest
but will not retain any rights under this Agreement; 
 (iv)    that any Holder electing to have a
Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to surrender such Registrable Security, together with the appropriate letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan,
The City of New York) and in the manner specified in the notice, prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and 

(v)    that any Holder will be entitled to withdraw its election, not later than the close of business on
the last Exchange Date, by sending to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) specified in the notice, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder,
the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Securities exchanged. 

  
 -4- 

 As a condition to participating in the Exchange Offer, a Holder will be required to
represent to the Company and the Guarantors that (i) any Exchange Securities to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or
understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (iii) it is not an Affiliate of the Company or any
Guarantor and (iv) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such Holder
will deliver a Prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. 
 As soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date,
the Company and the Guarantors shall: 
 (i)    accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions
thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and 

(ii)    deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities or
portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Company and issue, and cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Securities equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities
surrendered by such Holder. 
 The Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as
provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions,
other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff of the SEC. 

(b)    In the event that (i) the Company and the Guarantors determine that the Exchange Offer Registration provided
for in Section 2(a) above is not available or may not be completed as soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff of the SEC, (ii) the Exchange
Offer is not for any other reason completed on or before the date that is 270 days after the Closing Date or (iii) upon completion of the Exchange Offer any Initial Purchaser shall so request in connection with any offering or sale of
Registrable Securities not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer and held by it following the consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause to be
filed as soon as practicable after such determination, date or request, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale of all the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and to have such Shelf Registration Statement
declared effective by the SEC. 
 In the event that the Company and the Guarantors are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement
pursuant to clause (iii) of the preceding sentence, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to file and have declared effective by the SEC both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to
Section 2(a) with respect to all Registrable Securities and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable
Securities held by the Initial Purchasers after completion of the Exchange Offer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, 

  
 -5- 

 
the Company and the Guarantors may delay filing a Shelf Registration Statement, and any amendment thereto, and may withhold efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement, and any such
amendment thereto, to become effective for a period of up to 60 days, if the Company determines in good faith that such Shelf Registration Statement, and any such amendment thereto, might interfere with or affect the negotiation or completion of any
transaction that is being contemplated by the Company (whether or not a final decision has been made to undertake such transaction) at the time the right to delay is exercised; provided, however, that the Company may not exercise such
right of delay or withholding of efforts more frequently than two times in any 12-month period and the aggregate period of any such delays or withholdings shall not exceed 60 days in any such 12-month period. 
 The Company and the Guarantors agree to use their reasonable best efforts to keep the
Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the second anniversary of the Closing Date or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant
to the Shelf Registration Statement (the “Shelf Effectiveness Period”). The Company and the Guarantors further agree to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus if required by the rules,
regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration or if reasonably requested by
a Holder of Registrable Securities with respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use their reasonable best efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective and such Shelf Registration Statement and Prospectus to become usable as
soon as thereafter practicable. The Company and the Guarantors agree to furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC. 

(c)    The Company and the Guarantors shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration pursuant to
Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof. Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement. 
 (d)    An Exchange Offer Registration Statement
pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof or a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC. 

In the event that either the Exchange Offer is not completed or the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, is not declared
effective on or prior to the date that is 270 days after the Closing Date (the “Target Registration Date”), the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by (i) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the Target Registration Date and (ii) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case until
the Exchange Offer is completed or the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, is declared effective by the SEC or the Securities cease to be Registrable Securities, up to a maximum of 1.00% per annum of additional interest. If the Shelf
Registration Statement has been declared effective and thereafter either ceases to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable at any time during the Shelf Effectiveness Period, and such failure to remain effective or usable
exists for more than 30 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period, then the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by 1.00% per annum commencing on the 31st day in such 12-month period and ending on such date that the Shelf Registration Statement has again been declared effective or the Prospectus again becomes
usable. 
 (e)    Without limiting the remedies available to the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, the Company and the
Guarantors acknowledge that any failure by the Company or the 

  
 -6- 

 
Guarantors to comply with their obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which there
is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically
enforce the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof. 

(f)    The Company represents, warrants and covenants that it (including its agents and representatives) will not prepare,
make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “free-writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act), other than any communication pursuant to Rule 134 under the Securities Act or any document constituting an offer to
sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Securities or the Exchange Securities that falls within the exception from the definition of prospectus in Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act. 

3.    Registration Procedures. In connection with their obligations pursuant to Section 2(a) and
Section 2(b) hereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall as expeditiously as possible: 
 (a)    prepare and file
with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form (x) shall be selected by the Company and the Guarantors, (y) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the
Registrable Securities by the selling Holders thereof and (z) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith; and use
their reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof; 

(b)    subject to the second sentence of the second paragraph of Section 2(b), prepare and file with the SEC such
amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented
by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act and keep each Prospectus current during the period described in Section 4(3) of and Rule 174 under the Securities Act that
is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities; 

(c)    in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, to counsel for the Initial
Purchasers, to counsel for such Holders and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement
thereto, in order to facilitate the sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities thereunder; and the Company and the Guarantors consent to the use of such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable
law by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Securities and any such Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement
thereto in accordance with applicable law; 
 (d)    use their reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the
Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in writing by the time the applicable
Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC; cooperate with the Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority; and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably
necessary or advisable to enable each Holder to complete the disposition in each such jurisdiction of the Registrable Securities 

  
 -7- 

 
owned by such Holder; provided, however, that neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in
securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is
not so subject; 
 (e)    in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Holder of Registrable Securities, counsel for
such Holders and counsel for the Initial Purchasers promptly and, if requested by any such Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (i) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendment thereto
has been filed and becomes effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has
become effective, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) if, between the
effective date of a Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company or any Guarantor contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement
or other similar agreement, if any, relating to an offering of such Registrable Securities cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Company or any Guarantor receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the
qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the happening of any event during the period a Shelf Registration Statement is effective that makes any
statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading and
(vi) of any determination by the Company or any Guarantor that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate; 

(f)    use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a
Registration Statement at the earliest possible moment and provide immediate notice to each Holder of the withdrawal of any such order; 

(g)    in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, without charge, at least one
conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without any documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested); 

(h)    in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities to facilitate the
timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names (consistent
with the provisions of the Indenture) as the selling Holders may reasonably request at least one Business Day prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities; 

(i)    subject to the second sentence of the second paragraph of Section 2(b), in the case of a Shelf Registration,
upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(e)(v) hereof, use their reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any
document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and the Company and the Guarantors shall notify the Holders of Registrable Securities to suspend use of the
Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and such Holders hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus until the Company and the Guarantors have amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement
or omission; 

  
 -8- 

 (j)    a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration
Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus after initial filing of a
Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, to the Holders of Registrable Securities and their counsel) and make such of the representatives
of the Company and the Guarantors as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders of Registrable Securities or their counsel) available for discussion of
such document; and the Company and the Guarantors shall not, at any time after initial filing of a Registration Statement, file any Prospectus, any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus, or any document that is to be
incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus, of which the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders of Registrable Securities and their counsel) shall not have
previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders of Registrable Securities or their counsel) shall reasonably object; 

(k)    obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the
effective date of a Registration Statement; 
 (l)    cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act
in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be; cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified
in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute, and use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be
filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner; 
 (m)    in the case of a Shelf
Registration, make available for inspection by a representative of the Holders of the Registrable Securities (an “Inspector”), any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, and
attorneys and accountants designated by the Holders, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all pertinent financial and other records, documents and properties of the Company and the Guarantors, and cause the respective officers, directors
and employees of the Company and the Guarantors to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement to the same extent that any financial or
other records, documents and properties and all other information was provided to the Initial Purchasers in connection with the initial issuance of the Notes; provided, however, that if any such information is identified by the Company
or any Guarantor as being confidential or proprietary, each Person receiving such information shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information to the extent such action is otherwise not
inconsistent with, an impairment of or in derogation of the rights and interests of any Inspector, Holder or Underwriter; 

(n)    in the case of a Shelf Registration, use their reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities to be
listed on any securities exchange or any automated quotation system on which similar securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any Guarantor are then listed if requested by the Majority Holders, to the extent such Registrable Securities
satisfy applicable listing requirements; 

  
 -9- 

 (o)    if reasonably requested by any Holder of Registrable Securities
covered by a Registration Statement, promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information with respect to such Holder as such Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and make all required filings of
such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as the Company has received notification of the matters to be incorporated in such filing; and 

(p)    in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into such customary agreements and take all such other actions in
connection therewith (including those requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities including, but not limited
to, an Underwritten Offering and in such connection, (i) to the extent possible, make such representations and warranties to the Holders and any Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect to the business of the Company and its
subsidiaries, the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten
offerings and confirm the same if and when requested, (ii) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Holders and such
Underwriters and their respective counsel) addressed to each selling Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings, (iii) obtain “comfort”
letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (and, if necessary, any other certified public accountant of any subsidiary of the Company or any Guarantor, or of any business acquired by the Company or
any Guarantor for which financial statements and financial data are or are required to be included in the Registration Statement) addressed to each selling Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and
covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings and (iv) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Registrable Securities being sold or the Underwriters, and which are customarily delivered in underwritten offerings, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors made
pursuant to clause (i) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in an underwriting agreement. 
 In the
case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the proposed disposition by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the
Company and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request in writing and the Company may exclude from such registration the Registrable Securities of any Holder that fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after
receiving such request. 
 In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that, upon receipt of
any notice from the Company and the Guarantors of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(e)(iii) or 3(e)(v) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration
Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(i) hereof and, if so directed by the Company and the Guarantors, such Holder will deliver to the Company and the
Guarantors all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that is current at the time of receipt of such notice. 

If the Company and the Guarantors shall give any such notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration
Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall extend the period during which the Registration Statement shall be maintained 

  
 -10- 

 
effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders shall have
received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions. The Company and the Guarantors may give any such notice only twice during any 365-day period and any such
suspensions shall not exceed 30 days for each suspension and there shall not be more than two suspensions in effect during any 365-day period. 

The Holders of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Registrable Securities in an
Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers (the “Underwriters”) that will administer the offering will be selected by the Majority Holders of the
Registrable Securities included in such offering. 
 4.    Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer.
(a) The Staff of the SEC has taken the position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
or other trading activities (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”) may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. 
 The Company and the Guarantors understand that it is the Staff’s position
that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities, without
naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Securities owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the Securities Act in
connection with resales of Exchange Securities for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act. 

(b)    In light of the above, and notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors
agree to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as would otherwise be contemplated by Section 3(i), for a period of up to 180 days after the last Exchange Date (as such period may be extended
pursuant to the penultimate paragraph of Section 3 of this Agreement), if requested by the Initial Purchasers or by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers, in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Securities by
Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above. The Company and the Guarantors further agree that Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized to deliver such Prospectus during such
period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4. 
 (c)    The Initial Purchasers shall have
no liability to the Company, any Guarantor or any Holder with respect to any request that they may make pursuant to Section 4(b) above. 

5.    Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, agree to
indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser and each Holder, their respective Affiliates, directors and officers and each Person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser or any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities
Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim
asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or any Prospectus or any omission
or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the 

  
 -11- 

 
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or
omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Initial Purchaser or any Holder furnished to the Company in writing through Wells Fargo Securities, LLC or any selling
Holder expressly for use therein. In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will also indemnify the Underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers and similar
securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their respective Affiliates and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with
respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to the preliminary prospectus prepared by the Company in
connection with such Underwritten Offering (the “Preliminary Prospectus”) shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased Registrable
Securities, or any person controlling such Underwriter where it shall have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment that (i) prior to the time when sales of the Registrable Securities were first
made (the “Time of Sale”), the Company and the Guarantors shall have notified such Underwriter that the Preliminary Prospectus contains an untrue statement of material fact or omits to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein in order to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) such untrue statement or omission of a material fact was corrected in an amended or supplemented Preliminary Prospectus or, where permitted by law, a written
communication (as defined in the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy the Securities (an “Issuer Written Communication”) (other than the Preliminary Prospectus, any other time of
sale information, and the Prospectus) and such corrected Preliminary Prospectus or Issuer Written Communication was provided to such Underwriter far enough in advance of the Time of Sale so that such corrected Preliminary Prospectus or Issuer
Written Communication could have been provided to such person prior to the Time of Sale, (iii) the Underwriter did not send or give such corrected Preliminary Prospectus or Issuer Written Communication to such person at or prior to the Time of
Sale of the Registrable Securities to such person, and (iv) such loss, claim, damage or liability would not have occurred had the Underwriter delivered the corrected Preliminary Prospectus or Issuer Written Communication to such person. 

(b)    Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors, the
Initial Purchasers and the other selling Holders, their respective Affiliates, the directors of the Company and the Guarantors, each officer of the Company and the Guarantors who signed the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who
controls the Company, the Guarantors, any Initial Purchaser and any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph
(a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any
information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement and any Prospectus. 

(c)    If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be
brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such
indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided, however, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under paragraph
(a) or (b) above except to the extent that it was otherwise unaware of such suit, action, proceeding, claim or demand and that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and
provided further, however, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it 

  
 -12- 

 
from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under paragraph (a) or (b) above. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified
Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant
to this Section 5 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to
retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary, (ii) the
Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person, (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are
different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person, or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation
of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in
the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate
firm (x) for any Initial Purchaser, its Affiliates, directors and officers and any control Persons of such Initial Purchaser shall be designated in writing by Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, (y) for any Holder, its Affiliates, directors and
officers and any control Persons of such Holder shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders and (z) in all other cases shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of
any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by
reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by
this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request
and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect
any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (A) includes
an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as
to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person. 
 (d)    If
the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such
paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate
to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors from the offering of the Securities and the Exchange Securities, on the one hand, and by the Holders from receiving Securities or Exchange Securities registered under the
Securities Act, on the other hand, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also
the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any

  
 -13- 

 
other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Guarantors or by the Holders and the parties’ relative
intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. 

(e)    The Company, the Guarantors and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if
contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable
considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the
limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, in no event shall a Holder be required to contribute any
amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities or Exchange Securities sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged
untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation. 
 (f)    The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not
limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity. 

(g)    The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force
and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or any Holder, their respective Affiliates or any Person controlling any Initial Purchaser or any Holder,
or by or on behalf of the Company or the Guarantors, their respective Affiliates or the officers or directors of or any Person controlling the Company or the Guarantors, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale
of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement. 
 6.    General. 

(a)    No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and the Guarantors represent, warrant and agree that (i) the
rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any other outstanding securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any Guarantor under any other
agreement and (ii) neither the Company nor any Guarantor has entered into, or on or after the date of this Agreement will enter into, any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this
Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. 
 (b)    Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of
this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the
written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent; provided, however, that no amendment,
modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure from the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder. Any amendments,
modifications, supplements, waivers or consents pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall be by a writing executed by each of the parties hereto. 

  
 -14- 

 (c)    Notices. All notices and other communications provided for
or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company
by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the Initial Purchasers, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement, (ii) if to the Company and the
Guarantors, initially at the Company’s address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c), and (iii) to such other persons
at their respective addresses as provided in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c). All such notices and communications shall be deemed to
have been duly given at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the
next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address
specified in the Indenture. 
 (d)    Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided, however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any
assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law
or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of
the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Initial Purchasers (in their capacity as Initial Purchasers) shall have no liability or obligation to the Company or the Guarantors with
respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement. 

(e)    Purchases and Sales of Securities. The Company and the Guarantors shall not, and shall use their reasonable
best efforts to cause their Affiliates not to, purchase and then resell or otherwise transfer any Registrable Securities. 

(f)    Third Party Beneficiaries. Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder
between the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights
or the rights of other Holders hereunder. 
 (g)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

(h)    Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not a part of this
Agreement and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. 

  
 -15- 

 (i)    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without giving effect to any conflict of laws principles that would require application of the laws of another jurisdiction). 

(j)    Miscellaneous. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject
matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable
or against public policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. The Company, the Guarantors and the Initial
Purchasers shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions.

 [Signature page follows] 

  
 -16- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written
above. 
  

			
	LAMAR MEDIA CORP.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L Johnson

 

			
	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 
			
	
	ASHBY STREET OUTDOOR LLC
	ASHBY STREET OUTDOOR CC, LLC

 
			
		
	By:	 	Ashby Street Outdoor Holdings LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L Johnson

 

			
	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 
			
	
	FMG OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, LLC
	LAMAR-FAIRWAY BLOCKER 1, LLC
	LAMAR-FAIRWAY BLOCKER 2, LLC
	MAGIC MEDIA/LAMAR, LLC
	FAIRWAY MEDIA GROUP, LLC
	FAIRWAY OUTDOOR ADVERTISING, LLC
	FAIRWAY OUTDOOR FUNDING HOLDINGS, LLC
	FAIRWAY OUTDOOR FUNDING, LLC MCC OUTDOOR, LLC
	MAGIC MEDIA REAL ESTATE, LLC
	FMO REAL ESTATE, LLC
	DOUGLAS OUTDOOR ADVERTISING OF GA., LLC
	OLYMPUS MEDIA/INDIANA, LLC
	FAIRWAY CCO INDIANA, LLC

 
			
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L Johnson

 

			
	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 [Lamar – Signature
Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	COLORADO LOGOS, INC.
	KANSAS LOGOS, INC.
	LAMAR ADVERTISING OF MICHIGAN, INC.
	LAMAR ADVERTISING OF YOUNGSTOWN, INC.
	LAMAR ADVERTISING SOUTHWEST, INC.
	LAMAR AIRPORT ADVERTISING COMPANY
	LAMAR ELECTRICAL, INC.
	LAMAR OCI SOUTH CORPORATION
	LAMAR OHIO OUTDOOR HOLDING CORP.
	LAMAR PENSACOLA TRANSIT, INC.
	MICHIGAN LOGOS, INC.
	MINNESOTA LOGOS, INC.
	NEBRASKA LOGOS, INC.
	NEVADA LOGOS, INC.
	NEW MEXICO LOGOS, INC.
	OHIO LOGOS, INC.
	SOUTH CAROLINA LOGOS, INC.
	TENNESSEE LOGOS, INC.
	TLC PROPERTIES, INC.
	UTAH LOGOS, INC.

 
			
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L Johnson

			
	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 [Lamar – Signature
Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	ARIZONA LOGOS, L.L.C.
	DELAWARE LOGOS, L.L.C.
	GEORGIA LOGOS, L.L.C.
	KENTUCKY LOGOS, LLC
	LOUISIANA INTERSTATE LOGOS, L.L.C.
	MAINE LOGOS, L.L.C.
	MISSISSIPPI LOGOS, L.L.C.
	MISSOURI LOGOS, LLC
	MONTANA LOGOS, LLC
	NEW HAMPSHIRE LOGOS, L.L.C.
	NEW JERSEY LOGOS, L.L.C.
	OKLAHOMA LOGOS, L.L.C.
	VIRGINIA LOGOS, LLC
	WASHINGTON LOGOS, L.L.C.
	WISCONSIN LOGOS, LLC

 
			
		
	By:	 	Interstate Logos, L.L.C., its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member

 
			
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L Johnson

 

			
	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 
			
	
	FLORIDA LOGOS, LLC

 
			
		
	By:	 	Interstate Logos TRS, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member

 
			
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L Johnson

 

			
	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 
			
	
	ASHBY STREET OUTDOOR HOLDINGS LLC
	INTERSTATE LOGOS, L.L.C.
	LAMAR CENTRAL OUTDOOR, LLC
	THE LAMAR COMPANY, L.L.C.
	LAMAR TRS HOLDINGS, LLC

 
			
		
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member

 
			
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L Johnson

 

			
	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 [Lamar – Signature
Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

 
			
	LAMAR ADVERTISING OF COLORADO SPRINGS, L.L.C.
	LAMAR ADVERTISING OF LOUISIANA, L.L.C.
	LAMAR ADVERTISING OF SOUTH DAKOTA, L.L.C.
	LAMAR AIR, L.L.C.
	LAMAR FLORIDA, L.L.C.
	LAMAR OCI NORTH, L.L.C.
	LAMAR TENNESSEE, L.L.C.

 
			
		
	By:	 	The Lamar Company, L.L.C., its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member

 
			
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L Johnson

 

			
	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 
			
	
	LAMAR TEXAS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 
			
		
	By:	 	The Lamar Company, L.L.C., its General Partner
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member

 
			
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L Johnson

 

			
	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 
			
	
	TLC FARMS, L.L.C.
	TLC Properties, L.L.C.

 
			
		
	By:	 	TLC Properties, Inc., its Managing Member

 
			
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L Johnson

 

			
	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 [Lamar – Signature
Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

 
			
	LAMAR ADVANTAGE GP COMPANY, LLC
	LAMAR ADVANTAGE LP COMPANY, LLC
	TRIUMPH OUTDOOR HOLDINGS, LLC

 
			
		
	By:	 	Lamar Central Outdoor, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member

 
			
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L Johnson

			
	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 [Lamar – Signature
Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

 
			
	LAMAR ADVANTAGE OUTDOOR COMPANY, L.P.

 
			
		
	By:	 	Lamar Advantage GP Company, LLC, its General Partner
	By:	 	Lamar Central Outdoor, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member

 
			
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L Johnson

 

			
	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 
			
	
	LAMAR ADVANTAGE HOLDING COMPANY

 
			
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L Johnson

 

			
	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 
			
	
	LAMAR INVESTMENTS, LLC
	LAMAR SERVICE COMPANY, LLC
	LAMAR TRANSIT, LLC
	INTERSTATE LOGOS TRS, LLC

 
			
		
	By:	 	Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member

 
			
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L Johnson

 

			
	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 
			
	
	OUTDOOR MARKETING SYSTEMS, L.L.C.
	OUTDOOR PROMOTIONS WEST, LLC
	TRIUMPH OUTDOOR RHODE ISLAND, LLC

 
			
		
	By:	 	Lamar Transit, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member

 
			
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L Johnson

 

			
	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 [Lamar – Signature
Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	TLC PROPERTIES II, LLC

 
			
		
	By:	 	Lamar Investments, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member

 
			
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L Johnson

 

			
	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 
			
	
	LAMAR ADVERTISING OF PENN, LLC

 
			
		
	By:	 	The Lamar Company, L.L.C., its Class A Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member

 
			
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L Johnson

 

			
	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 
			
		
	By:	 	Lamar Transit, LLC, its Class B Member
	By:	 	Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member

 
			
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L Johnson

 

			
	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 [Lamar – Signature
Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

 
			
	LAMAR OBIE COMPANY, LLC

 
			
		
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Class A Member

 
			
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L Johnson

 

			
	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 
			
		
	By:	 	Lamar Transit, LLC, its Class B Member
	By:	 	Lamar TRS Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member
	By:	 	Lamar Media Corp., its Managing Member

 
			
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jay L Johnson

 

			
	Name:	 	Jay L. Johnson
	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 [Lamar – Signature
Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:

			
	WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC.
	
	For itself and on behalf of the
	several Initial Purchasers
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Mitch Williams

		 	Name: Mitch Williams
		 	Title: Vice President

  
 [Lamar – Signature
Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00309-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00309-of-00352.parquet"}]]